- Home
- Home security & automation
- Security cameras
- Cisco
- TelePresence System Integrator Package C90
- User manual
Cisco TelePresence System Integrator Package C90 Administrator Guide
Add to My manuals166 Pages
Cisco TelePresence System Integrator Package C90 enables immersive and inclusive meeting experiences for huddle spaces and small to medium-sized rooms. With its advanced audio and video capabilities, it offers crystal-clear communication and lifelike collaboration. The C90 is designed to seamlessly integrate with Cisco Collaboration solutions, providing a consistent and intuitive experience across devices and platforms.
advertisement
![Cisco TelePresence System Integrator Package C90 Administrator Guide | Manualzz Cisco TelePresence System Integrator Package C90 Administrator Guide | Manualzz](http://s3.manualzz.com/store/data/059685237_1-32de3280f8abbdf2e642ea1d0a9bed94-360x466.png)
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Software version TC7.2
AUGUST 2014
Codec C40/C60
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Profile 42” Profile 52”/55” Profile 52” Dual / 55” Dual Profile 65”
Administrator guide
For Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/C60
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
1
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Introduction Web interface System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Thank you for choosing Cisco!
Your Cisco product has been designed to give you many years of safe, reliable operation.
This part of the product documentation is aimed at administrators working with the setup of the Codec C60/C40 and Profiles using Codec C60/C40.
Our main objective with this Administrator guide is to address your goals and needs. Please let us know how well we succeeded!
May we recommend that you visit the Cisco web site regularly for updated versions of this guide.
The user documentation can be found on
► http://www.cisco.com/go/telepresence/docs
How to use this guide
The top menu bar and the entries in the Table of contents are all hyperlinks. You can click on them to go to the topic.
Table of Contents
Introduction ............................................................................. 4
User documentation ................................................................. 5
Software ................................................................................... 5
What’s new in this version ........................................................ 6
Profile 42” using Codec C40 at a glance ................................. 8
Profile 52”/55” at a glance ........................................................ 9
Profile 52” Dual / 55” Dual at a glance ....................................10
Profile 65” at a glance ..............................................................11
Codec C60 at a glance ............................................................12
Codec C40 at a glance ............................................................13
Web interface ........................................................................14
Accessing the web interface ...................................................15
Changing the system password ..............................................16
The interactive menu ...............................................................17
System information ..................................................................18
Placing a call ............................................................................19
Sharing content ....................................................................... 20
Controlling and monitoring a call .............................................21
Controlling your camera .......................................................... 22
Local layout control ................................................................. 23
Capturing snapshots ............................................................... 24
Controlling the far end camera ............................................... 25
Accessing call information ...................................................... 26
System configuration .............................................................. 27
Changing system settings ...................................................... 28
Setting the Administrator Settings menu password ............... 29
System status ......................................................................... 30
Managing the favorites list .......................................................31
Favorite list folders .................................................................. 32
Choosing a wallpaper ............................................................. 33
Choosing a ringtone ................................................................ 34
Peripherals overview .............................................................. 35
User administration ................................................................. 36
Adding a sign in banner .......................................................... 40
Managing startup scripts .........................................................41
Application programming interface......................................... 42
Managing the video system’s certificates .............................. 43
Managing the list of trusted certificate authorities ................. 44
Managing pre-installed certificates for Edge provisioning ..... 46
Setting strong security mode ..................................................47
Changing the persistency mode ............................................. 48
Deleting trust lists (CUCM only) .............................................. 49
Troubleshooting ...................................................................... 50
Downloading log files ...............................................................51
Starting extended logging ...................................................... 52
Capturing screenshots ............................................................ 53
Upgrading the system software.............................................. 54
Backup and restore ................................................................. 55
Reverting to the previously used software version ................ 56
Factory reset ........................................................................... 57
Remote support user .............................................................. 58
Restarting the system ............................................................. 59
System settings .................................................................... 60
Overview of the system settings .............................................61
Audio settings ......................................................................... 65
Cameras settings .................................................................... 72
Conference settings ............................................................... 75
FacilityService settings ............................................................81
GPIO settings .......................................................................... 82
H323 settings .......................................................................... 83
Logging settings ..................................................................... 86
Network settings ..................................................................... 87
NetworkServices settings ....................................................... 94
Peripherals settings ................................................................ 99
Phonebook settings .............................................................. 100
Provisioning settings ..............................................................101
RTP settings .......................................................................... 103
Security settings ................................................................... 104
SerialPort settings................................................................. 106
SIP settings ............................................................................107
Standby settings .................................................................... 111
SystemUnit settings ...............................................................112
Time settings .........................................................................114
UserInterface settings............................................................117
Video settings ........................................................................118
Experimental settings ............................................................137
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
2
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Introduction Web interface System settings
Setting passwords ...............................................................138
Setting the system password ............................................... 139
Setting the menu password ................................................. 140
Appendices ..........................................................................141
Cisco VCS provisioning .........................................................142
About monitors when you have a Codec C60 ...................... 143
About monitors when you have a Codec C40 ...................... 144
Connecting the Touch 8 controller ....................................... 145
Connecting the SpeakerTrack 60 camera to Codec C60 ..... 146
Connecting the SpeakerTrack 60 camera to Codec C40 ......147
Advanced customization of video and audio ........................ 148
Optimal definition profiles ......................................................149
ClearPath — Packet loss resilience ....................................... 150
Requirement for speaker systems connected to a
Cisco TelePresence C Series codec .....................................151
DNAM for Profile 42”/52”/55” ................................................152
DNAM for Profile 65” ............................................................ 153
Factory resetting the codec .................................................. 154
Factory resetting the Touch 8 control panel ......................... 155
Technical specifications ........................................................ 156
Supported RFCs ................................................................... 164
User documentation on the Cisco web site .......................... 165
Cisco contacts .....................................................................166
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
3 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
Chapter 1
Introduction
4 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface
This document provides you with the information required to administrate your product at an advanced level.
Products covered in this guide:
• Profile 52” / 55” / 65” using C60
• Profile 52” Dual / 55” Dual using C60
• Profile 42” / 52” / 55” using C40
• Codec C60
• Codec C40
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
User documentation
The user documentation for the Cisco TelePresence Codec C
Series has several guides suitable for various user groups.
• Installation guides:
How to install the product
• Getting started guide:
Initial configurations required to get the system up and running
• Administering TC Endpoints on CUCM:
Tasks to perform to start using the product with the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager (CUCM)
• Administrator guide (this guide):
Information required to administer your product
• Quick reference guides:
How to use the product (remote control and Touch controller)
• User guides:
How to use the product (remote control and Touch controller)
• Camera user guide:
User guide for the PrecisionHD cameras
• API reference guide:
How to use the Application Programmer Interface (API), and reference guide for the command line commands
• User guide for the TC console application:
The free TC Console application provides a graphical interface to the advanced customizable features of the codec.
• Physical interface guides
• Knowledge base articles
• Video conferencing room primer:
General guidelines for room design and best practice
• Video conference room acoustics guidelines:
Things to do to improve the perceived audio quality
• Software release notes
• Regulatory compliance and safety information guide
• Legal & license information
Downloading the user documentation
We recommend you visit the Cisco web site regularly for updated versions of the user documentation.
Go to: ► http://www.cisco.com/go/telepresence/docs
Guidelines how to find the documentation on the Cisco web site are included in the
► User documentation on the Cisco web site appendix.
Software
You can download the software for your product from the
Cisco web site. Go to:
► http://www.cisco.com/cisco/software/navigator.html
We recommend reading the Software Release Notes (TC7), go to:
► http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/collaborationendpoints/telepresence-integrator-c-series/tsdproducts-support-series-home.html
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
5
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface
What’s new in this version
This section provides an overview of the new and changed system settings and new features in the TC7.2 software version.
Software release notes
For a complete overview of new features and changes, we recommend reading the Software Release Notes (TC7). Go to:
►
http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/collaborationendpoints/telepresence-integrator-c-series/tsd-productssupport-series-home.html
Software download
For software download go to:
► http://www.cisco.com/cisco/software/navigator.html
System settings
New features and improvements
Web snapshots can be enabled remotely from the web interface
Web snapshots can be enabled remotely from the web interface. In previous versions web snapshots had to be enabled locally on the endpoint.
Improved fail-over support for endpoints registered through Collaboration Edge
CUCM: If the CUCM is down, the endpoint will automatically re-register to another CUCM.
VCS Control and VCS Expressway: If the VCS Control or
VCS Expressway goes down, the endpoint will automatically re-register to another VCS Control / VCS Expressway. Call preservation is not supported.
Provisioning (HTTPS): If the provisioning service goes down, the endpoint will receive provisioning data from another provisioning service.
Phone book: If the phone book service goes down, the endpoint will automatically use another phone book service.
More parameters can be provisioned from CUCM
The following configuration parameters can now be provisioned from CUCM under vendor specific configuration:
• SystemUnit Name
• Video OSD TodaysBookings
• Standby StandbyAction
• Audio DefaultVolume
• Conference 1 MaxTotalReceiveCallRate
• Conference 1 MaxTotalTransmitCallRate
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Touch user interface screenshots can be captured from the web interface
A new web feature has been implemented to be able to capture screenshots of the touch panel. This feature is available even if web snapshots are disabled.
The Video Output status provides information about the connected display
In order to identify the connected display model and its preferred resolution the Video Output status will now print the following values:
• Video Output HDMI/DVI n Connected
• Video Output HDMI/DVI n ConnectedDevice Name
• Video Output HDMI/DVI n ConnectedDevice
PreferredFormat
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
6 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface System settings
System configuration changes
New configurations
Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode
Cameras SpeakerTrack TrackingMode
H323 Profile [1] Encryption MinKeySize
NetworkServices Medianet Metadata
Peripherals Profile TouchPanels
Time OlsonZone
Configurations that are removed
NetworkPort 2 Mode
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Configurations that are modified
Video Input Source[n] Type
OLD: <other/camera/PC/DVD/document_camera>
NEW: <other/camera/PC/DVD/document_camera/ whiteboard>
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
7 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface
Profile 42” using Codec C40 at a glance
See the installation sheet for the Profile 42” for instructions on how to install the system.
Codec C40
• Full HD video
• High resolution data sharing
• Full HD Multisite
• Rich I/O capabilities
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Full HD Camera designed for visual communication with:
• 12 × optical zoom
• Fast and precise pan, tilt and zoom
Monitor
42” Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
Audio module
Wide band audio module supporting:
• 20 kHz AAC-LD
• Full echo canceling
• Stereo
Audio amplifier
Optimized DNAM for the Profile system, providing crystal clear and natural audio
Microphones
2 × Microphones
Operating devices
• Touch 8 controller (for C Series)
• Remote control with AAA batteries
Base options
Floor standing footplate, wheel base, or wall mount on pedestal
Ethernet cable
PC cable
Mic cable
Power cable
System settings
Floor standing footplate
(Other options: Wheel base or wall mount on pedestal)
Setting passwords
Touch 8 controller
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Monitor 42’’
Full HD LCD
In the bottom module:
• Audio amplifier (DNAM)
• Codec C40
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Remote control
2 × Microphones with cables
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
8
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface
Profile 52”/55” at a glance
See the installation sheets for the Profile 52”/55” for instructions on how to install the system.
Codec C60/C40
• Full HD video
• High resolution data sharing
• Full HD Multisite
• Rich I/O capabilities
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Full HD Camera designed for visual communication with:
• 12 × optical zoom
• Fast and precise pan, tilt and zoom
Monitor
52”/55” Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
Audio module
Wide band audio module supporting:
• 20 kHz AAC-LD
• Full echo canceling
• Stereo
Audio amplifier
Optimized DNAM for the Profile system, providing crystal clear and natural audio
Microphones
Three (with C60) / Two (with C40) microphones with cables
Operating devices
• Touch 8 controller
• Remote control with AAA batteries
Base options
Floor standing footplate, wheel base, or wall mount on pedestal
Ethernet cable
PC cable
Mic cable
Power cable
Floor standing footplate
(Other options: Wheel base or wall mount on pedestal)
System settings
Touch 8 controller
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
9
Setting passwords
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Administrator Guide
Appendices
In the bottom module:
• Audio amplifier (DNAM)
• Codec C60/C40
Remote control
Monitor 52’’/55”
Full HD LCD
Three/two microphones
(Profiles using
Codec C40)
(Profiles using
Codec C60) www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface
Profile 52” Dual / 55” Dual at a glance
See the installation sheets for the Profile 52” Dual / 55” Dual for instructions on how to install the system.
Codec C60
• Full HD video
• High resolution data sharing
• Full HD Multisite
• Rich I/O capabilities
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Full HD Camera designed for visual communication with:
• 12 × optical zoom
• Fast and precise pan, tilt and zoom
Dual monitor
Dual 52” / Dual 55” Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
Audio module
Wide band audio module supporting:
• 20 kHz AAC-LD
• Full echo canceling
• Stereo
Audio amplifier
Optimized DNAM for the Profile system, providing crystal clear and natural audio
Microphones
Four microphones with cables
Operating devices
• Touch 8 controller
• Remote control with AAA batteries
Base options
Floor standing footplate or wall mount on pedestal
Ethernet cable
PC cable
Mic cable
Power cable
Floor standing footplate
(Other option:
Wall mount on pedestal)
System settings
Touch 8 controller
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Dual 52’’/ Dual 55” monitor
Full HD LCD
Remote control
In the bottom module:
• Audio amplifier (DNAM)
• Codec C60
Four microphones
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
10
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface
Profile 65” at a glance
See the Profile 65” Installation Sheet for instructions of how to assemble the system.
Codec C60
• Full HD video
• High resolution data sharing
• Full HD Multisite
• Rich I/O capabilities
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Full HD Camera designed for Visual communication with:
• 12 × optical zoom
• Fast and precise pan, tilt and zoom
Monitor 65”
65” Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
Audio module
Wide band audio module supporting:
• 20 kHz AAC-LD
• Full echo canceling
• Stereo
Audio amplifier
Optimized DNAM for the Profile system, providing crystal clear and natural audio
Microphones
Three microphones with cables
Operating devices
• Touch 8 controller
• Remote control with AAA batteries
Base options
Floor standing footplate or wall mount on pedestal
Ethernet cable
PC cable
Mic cables
Power cable
System settings
Floor standing footplate
(Other option:
Wall mount on pedestal)
Setting passwords
Touch 8 controller
Administrator Guide
Appendices
PrecisionHD 1080p camera
Monitor 65”
Full HD LCD
In the bottom module:
• Audio amplifier (DNAM)
• Codec C60
Remote control
Three microphones
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
11
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface System settings
Codec C60 at a glance
The Codec C60 is the 1080p HD video collaboration engine.
Based upon the same technology as the Codec C90, the C60 delivers Full HD video, HD collaboration and superior audio for natural communication at its finest, delivering unrivaled value.
The C60 is a standards-compliant codec for integration into team meeting rooms, boardrooms and industry projects.
• Full High Definition Video with up to 4 HD sources, and collaboration with optimal definition for the best video quality every time, regardless of environment.
• Highest Quality Audio with flexibility to add up to 4 microphones directly from the codec, and superior, full duplex audio with high quality stereo sound.
• Full APIs.
• Ensure successful, streamlined integration projects with standards-compliant professional connectors.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Integrator package
The integrator package of the Codec C60 comes with the
PrecisionHD 1080p camera, microphone and cables.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
12 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Web interface
Codec C40 at a glance
The Codec C40 provides all the power required to transform any conference room to a HD video collaboration room.
Designed for any standard HD integration project, the Codec
C40 is the ideal solution for everyday video conferencing and collaboration solution. 1080p HD video, and Multisite™ features combine to make the Codec C40 ideal for a variety of applications.
System settings
The Codec C40 is ideal for standard meeting rooms, executive offices and team collaboration rooms.
• Full High Definition Video with up to 2 HD sources, and collaboration with optimal definition for the best video quality every time, regardless of environment.
• Highest Quality Audio with flexibility to add up to 2 microphones directly from the codec, and superior, full duplex audio with high quality stereo sound.
• Full APIs.
• Ensure successful, streamlined integration projects with standards-compliant professional connectors.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Integrator package
The integrator package of the Codec C40 comes with the
PrecisionHD 1080p camera, microphone and cables.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
13 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Chapter 2
Web interface
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
14 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Accessing the web interface
The web interface provides full configuration access to your video conference system.
You can connect from a computer and administer the system remotely.
In this chapter you will find information how to use the web interface for system configuration and maintenance.
We recommend that you use the latest release of one of the major web browsers.
System settings Setting passwords
1. Connect to the video system
Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the video system in the address bar.
How to find the IP address
Touch controller: Tap the contact information in the upper left corner of the Touch controller and open the
Settings menu. Then tap System
Information .
Remote control: Navigate to Home >
Settings > System information .
2. Sign in
Enter the user name and password for your video system and click Sign In .
The system is delivered with a default user named admin with no password.
Leave the Password field blank when signing in for the first time.
It is mandatory to set a password for the admin user, see the next page.
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
Signing out
Hover the mouse over the user name and choose
Sign out from the drop-down list. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
15
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Changing the system password
It is mandatory to set a password for a user with
ADMIN rights in order to restrict access to system configuration. This includes the default admin user.
A warning, saying that the system password is not set, is shown on screen until you set a password.
You can read more about passwords in the
System settings
1. Open the Change Password dialog
Hover the mouse over your the name, and choose Change password in the drop-down list.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
2. Set the new password
Enter your current and new passwords as requested, and click Change password for the change to take effect.
If the password currently is not set, leave the Current password field blank.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
16 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction System settings
The interactive menu
The web interface provides access to tasks and configurations. They are available from the main menu, which appears near the top of the page when you have signed in.
When you hover the mouse over an item in the main menu, you can navigate to its related sub-pages.
Main menu
Hover the mouse over a main menu item in order to see the titles of the related sub-pages.
Click a sub-page’s title to open it. Click the main menu item itself if there are no subpages. Only pages that the user has access rights for are shown * .
Click Home to return to the System Information page.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Sub-pages
Call Control Configuration
System Configuration
System Status
Local Contents Management
Personalization
Peripherals
User Administration
Sign In Banner
Startup Scripts
API
Security
Diagnostics
Troubleshooting
Call History
Log Files
User Interface Screenshots
Maintenance
Software Upgrade
Backup and Restore
System Recovery
Restart
* You can read more about user administration, user roles and access
rights in the ► User administration section.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
17 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
System information
The video system’s Home page shows an overview of the basic set-up and status of the system * .
This includes information like system name and product type, which software version the system runs, its IP address, etc.
Also the registration status for the video networks (SIP and
H.323) is included, as well as the number/URI to use when making a call to the system.
Navigate to: Home
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
* The system information shown in the illustration serve as an example. Your system may be different.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
18 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Placing a call
You can use the Call Control page to place a call.
Even if the web interface is used to initiate the call, it is the video system (display, microphones and loudspeakers) that is used for the call; it is not the PC running the web interface.
Calling
You can call someone either by choosing a contact name in the Local, Directory or Recents lists, or by typing a complete
URI or number in the Search or Dial field. Then click Call in the associated contact card.
Searching the contact lists
Enter one or more characters in the Search or Dial field.
Matching entries from the Local, Directory and Recents lists will be listed as you type.
Select the correct entry in the list and click Call .
Calling more than one
A point-to-point video call (a call involving two parties only) may be expanded to include more participants.
If your system supports the optional built-in MultiSite feature, up to four participants, yourself included, can join the video call (conference).
One additional participant can join on audio-only.
Follow the same procedure to call the next conference participant as you did when calling the first participant.
Navigate to: Call Control
System settings
Calling someone
Click a contact name, either in the
Local, Directory or Recents lists.
Then click Call in the contact card.
Alternatively, enter the complete URI or number in the Search and Dial field. Then click the Call button that appears next to the URI or number.
Setting passwords
Holding and resuming
Use the button next to the participant’s name to put him on hold.
To resume the call, use the button that is present when a participant is on hold.
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Ending a call
If you want to terminate a call or conference, click End all .
Confirm your choice in the dialog that appears.
To disconnect just one participant in a conference, click the button for that participant.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
19
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Sharing content
You can connect a presentation source to one of the external inputs of your video system. Most often a PC is used as presentation source, but other options may be available depending on your system setup.
While in a call you can share content with the far end, that is the other participant(s) in the call.
If you are not in a call, the content is shared locally on your display.
Navigate to: Call Control
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
20
Sharing content
1. Choose a Presentation source from the drop-down list.
2. Click Start Presentation .
Stop content sharing:
Click the Stop Presentation button that is present while sharing.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Controlling and monitoring a call
You can control and monitor several call features using the
Call Control page.
Navigate to: Call Control
Microphone mute
Click the button to mute the microphone.
Then the text changes to
Microphone: Off .
Click again to unmute.
System settings Setting passwords
Volume down
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Volume up
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
21
Show/hide
call details
Click the information button to show details about the call.
Click the button again to hide the information.
Call details
If necessary, scroll your browser to see the call details.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Controlling your camera
You can control the camera from the Call Control page.
The camera controls (pan, tilt, zoom) are available when the cursor is placed in the Main Source video area. Live snapshots are automatically taken during this period.
Note that the camera controls are not available if the system is in standby mode.
Navigate to: Call Control
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Choose which camera to control
Click the arrow to open the drop-down list. Then choose the camera you want to control.
Zoom
Use + and to zoom in and out.
Pan and tilt
Use the left and right arrows to pan the camera, and the up and down arrows to tilt it.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
Camera presets
If a camera preset is defined it is listed here. Click the preset’s name to move the camera(s) to the preset position.
Click OK to close the window.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
22
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Local layout control
You can choose a local layout using the Call Control page.
The term layout is used to describe the various ways the videos from the conference participants and a presentation can appear on the screen. Different types of meetings may require different layouts.
Navigate to: Call Control
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Change the layout
Click Change layout , and choose your preferred layout in the window that opens.
The set of layouts to choose from depends on the system configurations.
You may change the layout while in a call.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
23 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Capturing snapshots
The snapshot feature, which is disabled by default, allows snapshots captured by the video system to be displayed on the Call Control page. Captures from the video system’s camera as well as from its presentation channel will be displayed.
This feature might come in handy when administering the video system from a remote location, e.g. to check the camera view.
To use web snapshots you have to sign in with ADMIN credentials.
Enabling the snapshot feature
The snapshot feature is disabled by default. The feature must be enabled using the web interface or the remote control and on screen menu .
Web interface:
• Go to the Configuration tab and select System
Configuration
• Navigate to Video > AllowWebSnapshots and choose On .
• Click Save for the change to take effect.
Remote control and on screen menu:
• Go to the Advanced configuration menu, navigate to
Video > AllowWebSnapshots and choose On .
Far end snapshots while in a call
While in a call, snapshots of the remote participant’s main camera and presentation channel (far end) will be captured and displayed as shown in the illustration. The snapshots are updated approximately every 30 seconds.
Far end snapshots are captured even if web snapshots are disallowed on the far end video system. Web snapshots are prohibited only for encrypted calls.
Navigate to: Call Control
System settings
Take live snapshots
While the Live snapshots box is checked, snapshots are captured by the video system (main source and presentation source) approximately every two seconds.
Snapshots from the video system
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
24
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Far end snapshots
Click the snapshot in order to see a larger image.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Controlling the far end camera
While in a call, you can control the remote participant’s camera (far end) provided that:
• The Conference FarEndControl Mode setting is switched
On on the far end video system.
• The far end camera has pan, tilt or zoom functionality.
Only the relevant controls will appear.
Navigate to: Call Control
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Far end camera control indicator
If this symbol is present, you can control the remote participant’s camera.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
25
Control the remote participant’s camera
1. Click the snapshot to show it in a larger window.
2. Place the cursor in the image to enable the controls.
3. Use the left and right arrows to pan the camera; the up and down arrows to tilt it; and + and to zoom in and out.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Accessing call information
A call state indicator is available in the top bar in the web interface. It shows whether the system is in a call or not, and how many calls it is engaged in. You may also be notified about incoming calls.
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Call state indicator
The call state indicator is available on all pages except the Call Control page.
The badge indicates the number of active calls. If the system is idle, there is no badge.
Click the indicator to get more details about connected calls.
Call control
Use these buttons to:
• Show call details
• Put the call on hold
• Disconnect the call
Incoming call notification
As default, a notification is given when the system receives a call.
Check this box, if you do not want to receive such notifications.
Opening the Call Control page
Click Open Call Control to go straight to the Call Control page.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
26 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
System configuration
The system settings are grouped in several categories. When you choose a category in the left pane all related settings appear to the right * .
Each system setting is further described in the
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Navigate to: Configuration > System Configuration
Searching for settings
Enter as many letters as needed in the search field.
All settings (including the value space) containing these letters will be highlighted.
* The configuration shown in the illustration serve as an example.
Your system may be configured differently.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
Selecting a category
The system settings are structured in categories.
Choose a category in order to display the related settings.
27
Expanding and collapsing lists
Use these buttons to expand and collapse all or individual lists. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Changing system settings
All system settings can be changed from the System
Configuration page * . The value space for a setting is specified either in a drop-down list or by text following the input field.
Different settings may require different user credentials. In order to be sure that an administrator is able to change all system settings, an administrator user must possess all user roles.
You can read more about user administration and user roles in the
System settings Setting passwords
Navigate to: Configuration > System Configuration
Drop-down list
Click the arrow to open the drop-down list. Choose the preferred value and click
Save for the change to take effect.
Administrator Guide
Appendices
* The configuration shown in the illustration serve as an example.
Your system may be configured differently.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
28
Text input field
Enter text in the input field and click
Save for the change to take effect. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Setting the Administrator Settings menu password
This password restricts access to the Administrator Settings menu that is available on-screen when using the remote control.
When starting up the video conference system for the first time anyone can access these settings, because the menu password is not set.
We strongly recommend that you set a menu password, because the administrator settings may severely affect the behavior of the system.
Note that the menu password, as from software version
TC7.0, applies only to the on-screen Administrator Settings menu accessed with a TRC5 remote control; it does not apply to the Administrator menu on a Touch controller.
You can read more about password protection in the
Changing the menu password
Click Set/Change Administrator
Settings menu password to open this dialog.
Enter the new password in the text input field and click Set to set it.
Click Set without entering a password to leave the
Administrator menu unprotected
(not recommended).
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > System Configuration
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
29 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction System settings
System status
The system status is grouped in several categories. When you choose a category in the left column, the related status appears in the window to the right * .
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Navigate to: Configuration > System Status
Searching for status entries
Enter as many letters as needed in the search field.
All entries (including the value space) containing these letters will be highlighted.
Selecting a category
The system status is structured in categories. Choose a category in order to display the related status information.
* The status shown in the illustration serve as an example. The status of your system may be different.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
30
Expanding and collapsing lists
Use these buttons to expand and collapse all or individual lists. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Managing the favorites list
The entries in the favorites list can be accessed from the
Touch controller, the on-screen menu (the My contacts folder in the phone book) and the Web interface.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Local Contacts Management
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Adding a contact
Click Add contact and fill in the form that pops up. Then click Save to store the contact in the Favorites list.
* Note that only the first contact method appears in the Favorites list on the Touch controller. All contact methods are available when using the remote control.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
Editing contact details
Click a contacts name followed by Edit contact .
Change the details in the form as appropriate and click Save .
Deleting a contact
Click a contacts name followed by Edit contact . Then click Delete to remove the entry from the Favorites list.
31
Storing a contact in a folder
Choose the appropriate folder from the drop down list.
No folder means that the contact will be stored at the top level.
Adding a contact method*
You can store more than one contact method for each contact, e.g. video, telephone and mobile.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Favorite list folders
The entries in the Favorites list can be organized in folders.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Local Contacts Management
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Adding a folder
Click Add folder and fill in the form that pops up. Then click
Save to create the folder.
Opening a folder
Click the folder name to open the folder and show its list of contacts.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
32
Changing or Deleting a folder
Click Edit folder and update the information in the form that pops up.
Then click Save to store the changes
Click Delete to remove the folder and all its contacts and sub-folders.
Confirm your choice in the dialog that pops up.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Choosing a wallpaper
Your video system has a set of predefined wallpapers. The wallpapers may be used as background on the display.
If you want the company logo or another custom picture as background on the video display, you may upload and use a custom wallpaper .
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Personalization
Activate/deactivate a wallpaper
Available wallpapers are represented by a miniature. If you have uploaded a custom wallpaper, it will appear in the list.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Click the miniature to switch to the corresponding wallpaper. Choose None if you do not want a wallpaper.
The chosen option is highlighted.
Upload a custom wallpaper
Click Browse...
and locate your custom wallpaper image file.
Click Upload to save the file on the video system.
Supported file formats: BMP, GIF, JPEG, PNG
Maximum file size: 2 MByte
The custom wallpaper will be automatically activated once uploaded.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
33
Delete the custom wallpaper
Click the delete symbol to remove the custom wallpaper from the video system. Note that this will remove the image file completely; you have to upload it anew if you want to use it again.
You cannot delete a predefined wallpaper.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Choosing a ringtone
You can choose from a set of predefined ringtones. The chosen ringtone can be played back from this page.
The ringtone will be played back on the video system itself, and not through the web interface.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Personalization
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Changing ringtone
Choose a ringtone from the drop-down list, and click Save to make it the active ringtone.
Playing back the ringtone
Click the play button ( ► ) to play back the ringtone.
Use the stop button (
) to end the playback.
Set the ringtone volume
Use the slide bar to adjust the ringtone volume.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
34 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Peripherals overview
This page shows an overview of devices that are connected to the video system, like video inputs and outputs, cameras, microphones, ISDN Links and Touch controllers * .
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Peripherals
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
* The peripherals shown in the illustration serve as examples. Your system may have different peripherals and video input/output configurations.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
35
Managing ISDN Link
If an ISDN Link is paired to the video system it can be managed from this page.
How to configure and use the ISDN Link are described in the ISDN Link documentation on
► http://www.cisco.com/go/isdnlink-docs www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
User administration
(page 1 of 4)
You can manage your video conference system’s user accounts from this page.
The default user account
The system comes with a default administrator user account with full access rights. The user name is admin and no password is set.
It is mandatory to set a password for the admin user.
Read more about passwords in the ► Setting passwords
chapter.
About user roles
A user account must hold one or a combination of several user roles .
The following three user roles, with non-overlapping rights, exist:
• ADMIN: A user holding this role can create new users and change most settings. The user neither can upload audit certificates nor change the security audit settings.
• USER: A user holding this role can make calls and search the phone book. The user can modify a few settings, e.g. adjusting the ringtone volume and setting the time and date format.
• AUDIT: A user holding this role can change the security audit configurations and upload audit certificates.
An administrator user account with full access rights, like the default admin user, must possess all the three roles.
Default user account
The system comes with admin as the default user account. This user has full access rights.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > User Administration
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
36 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
User administration
(page 2 of 4)
Creating a new user account
Follow these steps in order to create a new user account:
1. Click Add new user...
.
2. Fill in the Username, Password and PIN code * , and check the appropriate user roles check boxes.
As a default the user has to change the password and
PIN code when signing in for the first time.
Do not fill in the Client Certificate DN (Distinguished
Name) field unless you want to use certificate login on
HTTPS.
3. Set the Status to Active to activate the user.
4. Click Create User to save the changes.
Use the Back button to leave without making any changes.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > User Administration
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
* The password is used with the web interface and command line interface; the PIN code is used with the TRC5 remote control and on-screen menu when the Video OSD LoginRequired setting is switched On .
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
37 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
User administration
(page 3 of 4)
Changing user privileges
Follow these steps in order to change the user privileges:
1. Click the name of an existing user to open the Editing user window.
2. Check the appropriate user roles check boxes, decide if the user has to change the password and PIN code on the next sign in, and fill in the Client Certificate DN field if using certificate login on HTTPS.
3. Click Update User to save the changes.
Use the Back button to leave without making any changes.
Changing the password or PIN code
Follow these steps in order to change the password or PIN code * :
1. Click the name of an existing user to open the Editing user window.
2. Enter the new password or PIN code in the appropriate input fields.
3. Click Change Password or Change PIN to save the change.
Use the Back button to leave without making any changes.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > User Administration
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
* The password is used with the web interface and command line interface; the PIN code is used with the remote control and on-screen menu when the Video OSD LoginRequired setting is switched On .
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
38
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
User administration
(page 4 of 4)
Deactivating a user account
Follow these steps in order to deactivate a user account:
1. Click the name of an existing user to open the Editing user window.
2. Set the Status to Inactive .
3. Click Update User to save the changes.
Use the Back button to leave without making any changes.
Deleting a user account
Follow these steps in order to delete a user account:
1. Click the name of an existing user to open the Editing user window.
2. Click Delete <user name>...
and confirm when prompted.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > User Administration
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
39 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Adding a sign in banner
If a system administrator wants to provide initial information to all users, he can create a sign in banner. The message will be shown when the user signs in to the web interface and the command line interface.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Sign In Banner
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Adding a sign in banner
Enter the message that you want to present to the user when signing in, and click
Save to activate the banner.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
40 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Managing startup scripts
You can create one or more startup scripts * that will run every time the video system starts up.
A startup script contains commands (xCommand) and configurations (xConfiguration) that will be executed as part of the start up procedure. A few commands and configurations cannot be placed in a startup script, e.g.
xCommand Boot
. It is not possible to save a script containing illegal commands and configurations.
Syntax and semantics for xCommand and xConfiguration are explained in the API guide for the product.
If you have more than one startup script, they will run in the order from top to bottom of the list.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Startup Scripts
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Creating a startup script
1. Click Create new...
.
2. Enter a name for your script in the title input filed.
3. Enter the commands (xConfiguration or xCommand) you want to issue in the command input field. Start each command on a new line.
4. Click Save .
* The script name and commands shown in the illustration serve as examples. You may make your own scripts.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
List of startup scripts
Startup scripts are listed here. A green dot appears next to an active script; a red ring appears next to an inactive script.
41
Running the script immediately
Select the script you want to run and click Run .
Running the script at every start up
Select the script you want to activate and click On .
Not running the script at start up
Select the script you want to deactivate and click Off .
Deleting a script
Select the script you want to delete and click Delete .
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Application programming interface
The application programming interface (API) is a tool for integration professionals and developers working with this video system. The API is described in detail in the API guide for the system.
XML files
The XML files are part of the codec’s API. They structure information about the codec in a hierarchy.
• Configuration.xml
contains the current system settings
(configuration). These settings are controlled from the web interface or from the API (Application Programmer
Interface).
• The information in status.xml
is constantly updated by the system to reflect system and process changes. The status information is normally monitored from the API.
• Command.xml
contains an overview of the commands available to instruct the system to perform an action. The commands are issued from the API.
• Valuespace.xml
contains an overview of all the value spaces used in the system settings, status information, and commands.
API commands
Commands (xCommand) and configurations (xConfiguration) can be executed from this web page. Syntax and semantics are explained in the API guide for the product.
Navigate to: Configuration > API
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Opening an XML file
Click the file name to open the XML file.
Executing API commands
Enter a command, or a sequence of commands, in the text area and click
Execute to issue the command(s).
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
42
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Managing the video system’s certificates
Certificate validation may be required when using TLS
(Transport Layer Security).
A server or client may require that your video system presents a valid certificate to them before communication can be set up.
The video system’s certificates are text files that verify the authenticity of the system. These certificates may be issued by a certificate authority (CA).
The certificates are listed as shown in the illustration to the right * . They can be used for the following services: HTTPS server, SIP, IEEE 802.1X and audit logging.
You can store several certificates on the system, but only one certificate can be used for each service at a time.
If authentication fails, the connection will not be established.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Security: Certificates tab
Contact your system administrator to obtain the following file(s):
• Certificate (file format: .PEM)
• Private key, either as a separate file or included in the same file as the certificate
(file format: .PEM format)
• Password (required only if the private key is encrypted)
The certificate and the private key will be stored in the same file on the video system.
Adding a certificate
1. Click Browse... and find the Certificate and
Private key file(s) on your computer.
2. Fill in the Password if required.
3. Click Add certificate...
to store the certificate on your system.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Enabling and disabling certificates
Use the buttons to switch a certificate on or off for the different services.
You can also view a certificate, and delete a certificate using the corresponding buttons.
* The certificates and certificate issuers shown in the illustration serve as examples. Your system may have other certificate(s).
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
43
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Managing the list of trusted certificate authorities
(page 1 of 2)
Certificate validation may be required when using TLS
(Transport Layer Security).
Your video system may be set up to require that a server or client presents its certificate to the video system before communication can be set up.
The certificates are text files that verify the authenticity of the server or client. The certificates must be signed by a trusted certificate authority (CA).
To be able to verify the signature of the certificates, a list of trusted CAs must reside on the video system. The certificates of the CAs are listed as shown in the illustration to the right * .
The list must include all CAs needed in order to verify certificates for audit logging, HTTPS, SIP and IEEE 802.1X connections.
If the server cannot be authenticated, the connection will not be established.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Security: CAs tab
Uploading a list of certificate authorities
The entries in a new file with CA certificates will be appended to the existing list, so that the previously stored certificates will not be deleted. i. Click Browse...
and find the file containing a list of CA certificates (file format: .PEM) on your computer.
ii. Click the Add certificate authority...
to store the new CA certificate(s) on your system.
Contact your system administrator to obtain the CA certificate list (file format: .PEM).
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Viewing and deleting certificates
You can view a certificate, and delete a certificate using the corresponding buttons.
* The certificate and certificate issuers shown in the illustration serve as examples. Your system will have other certificate(s).
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
44
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Managing the list of trusted certificate authorities
(page 2 of 2)
As from software version TC7.2, the signature of an audit server is verified using the same CA list as other servers/clients.
Setting up secure audit logging
Audit logging records all sign in activity and configuration changes on your video system.
Audit logging is disabled by default, but you can enable it using the Security > Audit > Logging > Mode setting.
In ExternalSecure audit logging mode the video system sends encrypted audit logs to an external audit server
(syslog server), which identity must be verified by a signed certificate.
If the audit server cannot be authenticated, the logs will not be sent.
Always upload the list of trusted certificate authorities before enabling secure audit logging.
System settings Setting passwords
Navigate to: Configuration > Security: CAs tab / Configuration > System Configuration iii ii i
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Enable secure audit logging i. Go to the System
Configuration page and choose the Security category.
ii. Enter the Address of the audit server. If you choose Manual
PortAssignment, you must also enter a Port number for the audit server. Click Save for the changes to take effect.
iii. Choose ExternalSecure from the Logging Mode drop-down list. Click
Save for the change to take effect.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
45 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Managing pre-installed certificates for Edge provisioning
The list of pre-installed certificates that is shown on this page in the web interface * , contains certificates that will be used when the video system is provisioned by Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (CUCM) via Expressway (Edge).
Only Edge infrastructure certificates will be checked against this list.
If the Edge infrastructure certificate validation fails, the video system will not receive the provisioning and not be registered.
Factory resetting the video system will not delete the list of pre-installed certificates.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Security: Preinstalled CAs tab
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
* The certificate and certificate issuers shown in the illustration serve as examples. Your system will have other certificate(s).
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
46
Viewing or disabling certificates
You can view a certificate, and disable a certificate using the corresponding buttons.
You can disable all the preinstalled certificates, and use a manually uploaded list of certificates for verification instead.
See the Configuration > Security:
CAs page how to upload trusted certificates to the video system manually.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Setting strong security mode
Strong security mode should be used only when compliance with DoD JITC regulations is required.
Read the provided information carefully before setting strong security mode.
Strong security mode sets very strict password requirements, and requires all users to change their password on the next sign in.
Software upload from TMS, web snapshots and calling from the web interface are prohibited in strong security mode.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Security: Strong Security Mode tab
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Setting strong security mode
Read carefully about the consequences of strong security mode before you continue.
1. If you want to use strong security mode, click Enable strong security mode...
.
Confirm your choice in the dialog box that appears.
The system will restart automatically.
2. Change the password when you are prompted. The new password must meet the strict criteria as described.
How to change the system password is described in the
section.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
47
Return to normal mode
When in strong security mode, the system can be restored to normal mode by clicking
Disable strong security mode...
. Confirm your choice in the dialog box that appears
The system will restart automatically.
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Changing the persistency mode
By default, all persistency settings are set to Persistent . This means that configurations, call history, internal logs, local phonebook / favorites list and IP connectivity information are stored as normal. A system restart does not delete information.
As a general rule, we recommend NOT to change the default settings for persistency.
But in the case were a new user is not supposed to see or trace back to any kind of logged information from the previous session, Nonpersistent mode must be used.
In order to clear/delete information that was stored before changing to Non-persistent mode, you should consider to factory reset the video system.
There is more information about performing a factory reset in the
appendix.
When in Non-persistent mode, the following information will be lost/cleared each time the system restarts:
• System Configuration changes that have been made since the last system restart.
• Information about calls that are placed or received since the last system restart (call history).
• Internal log files that has been made since the last system restart.
• Changes that are made to the local contacts / favorites list since the last system restart.
• All IP related information (DHCP) from the last session.
Checking the persistency status
The radio buttons that are active when you open the Security page and go to the Non-persistent Mode tab, shows the current persistency status of the video system.
You can also see the status by checking Security >
Persistency on the Configuration > System Status page.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Security: Non-persistent Mode tab
Changing the persistency settings
1. Set the persistency settings for the five categories as desired.
2. Click Save and reboot...
.
The system will restart. After the restart, behavior according to the new persistency settings will start.
Note that logs, configurations etc. that was stored before you switch to Nonpersistent mode, will not be cleared or deleted.
Setting passwords
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
48
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Deleting trust lists (CUCM only)
The information on this page is only relevant for video systems that are registered to a Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (CUCM).
The web interface can be used to delete existing trust lists
(CTL and ITL) that are stored on the video system. Normally, you will not delete the old CTL and ITL files, but there are a few cases when you will need to delete them.
The trust lists’ fingerprints and an overview of the certificates in the lists are displayed on the web page. This information can be useful for troubleshooting.
For more information about CUCM and trust lists, read the
Administering TC Endpoints on CUCM guide available on the
Cisco web site.
System settings
Navigate to: Configuration > Security: CUCM tab
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
49 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Troubleshooting
The troubleshooting page lists the status for some common sources of errors. The list may be different for different products and installations * .
Note that critical issues and errors are clearly marked in red color; warnings are yellow.
System settings
Navigate to: Diagnostics > Troubleshooting
Setting passwords
Run diagnostics
Click Re-run diagnostics to make sure the information in the list is up-to-date.
Leave standby mode
This button is only visible when the system is in standby mode. If in standby mode, click Deactivate standby to wake up the system.
Administrator Guide
Appendices
* The messages shown in the illustration serve as examples. Your system may show other information.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
50 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Downloading log files
The log files * are Cisco specific debug files which may be requested by the Cisco support organization if you need technical support.
The current log files are time stamped event log files.
All current log files are archived in a time stamped historical log file each time the system restarts. If the maximum number of historical log files is reached, the oldest one will be overwritten.
Navigate to: Diagnostics > Log Files
System settings
Downloading all log files
Click Download logs archive and follow the instructions.
Use the drop down list if you want to include the call history in the archive.
You can choose whether to include the full call history or to make the caller/ callee anonymous.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Open/save one log file
Click the file name to open the log file in the web browser; right click to save the file on the computer.
* The log files shown in the illustration serve as examples. Your system may have other files.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
51
Refresh the list of log files www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Starting extended logging
Extended logging mode may be switched on to help diagnose network issues and problems during call setup. While in this mode more information is stored in the log files.
Note that extended logging uses more of your video system’s resources, and may cause your video system to underperform. You should only use extended logging mode when troubleshooting an issue.
Navigate to: Diagnostics > Log Files
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Start extended logging
Click Start extended logging .
Extended logging lasts for 10 minutes. You can stop the extended logging before it times out by clicking the Stop extended logging button that appears when extended logging is on.
As default, the network traffic is not captured. Use the drop down menu if you want to include a full or partial capture of the network traffic.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
52 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Capturing screenshots
You can capture screenshots of a Touch controller that is connected to the video system.
System settings
Navigate to: Diagnostics > User Interface Screenshots
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Capture a screenshot
Click Take screenshot of Touch Panel to capture a screenshot of the Touch controller.
The screenshot will display in the area below the buttons. Note that it can take up to
30 seconds before the screenshot is ready.
All captured snapshots are included in the list above the buttons. Click the screenshot ID to display the image.
Deleting screenshots
If you want to delete all screenshots, click Remove all .
To delete just one screenshot, click the
×
button for that screenshot.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
53 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Upgrading the system software
This video conference system is using TC software. The version described in this document is TC7.2.
Contact your system administrator if you have questions about the software version.
Software release notes
For a complete overview of the news and changes, we recommend reading the Software Release Notes (TC7).
Go to: ►
http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/ collaboration-endpoints/telepresence-integrator-c-series/ tsd-products-support-series-home.html
New software
For software download, go to the
Cisco Download Software web page:
► http://www.cisco.com/cisco/software/navigator.html
.
Then navigate to your product.
The format of the file name is “s52000tc7_2_0.pkg” (each software version has a unique file name).
Release key
You need a valid release key to be able to use the video system. As from version TC6.1, any TC release key will do.
For older releases the release key is specific for each main release (e.g. TC4, TC5, TC6).
Normally, you do not need to install the release key yourself.
The release key is preserved when you upgrade from an earlier software version, and the release key is pre-installed on new systems. As from TC7.0, it is no longer possible to enter a release key from the web interface.
System settings
Navigate to: Maintenance > Software Upgrade
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Adding option keys
An option key is required to activate optional functionality.
You may have several option keys in your system. If the keys are already installed, you can skip this point and continue with the software installation.
If you do not have the required key(s), contact your Cisco representative to obtain them.
i. Enter an Option Key in the appropriate text input field and click Add .
If you have more than one option key, repeat this step for all keys.
Each system has unique keys, for example:
• 1R000-1-AA7A4A09
Installing new software
Download the appropriate software package from the Cisco
Software Download web page (see link to the left) and store it on your local computer. This is a .pkg file.
i. Click Browse...
and find the downloaded .pkg file that contains the new software.
ii. Check the Upgrade automatically after upload check box, then click Upload to start the installation process straight away.
Keep the check box unchecked if you want to upload the software now and do the installation later.
The complete installation may take up to 30 minutes. You can follow the progress on the web page. The system restarts automatically after the installation.
You must sign in anew in order to continue working with the web interface after the restart.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
54
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Backup and restore
All the system settings, which are available on the System configuration page, can be listed on-screen or stored as a text file.
The text file can be loaded back onto the system, thereby restoring the configuration.
System settings
Navigate to: Maintenance > Backup and Restore
Backing up or showing the current configuration
Click Preview backup to display the current settings on-screen.
Click Take backup to store the configuration as a text file.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Restoring an earlier configuration
Click Browse...
and find the file with the configuration you want to restore.
Click Restore to reconfigure the system as defined in the file.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
55 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Reverting to the previously used software version
If there is a severe problem with the video system, switching to the previously used software version may help solving the problem.
If the system has not been factory reset since the last software upgrade, the previously used software image still resides on the system; you do not have to download the software again.
Reverting to the previously used software version should only be done by a system administrator or in contact with Cisco technical support.
We strongly recommend that you backup your system’s log files and configuration before you swap to the other software image.
System settings Setting passwords
Navigate to: Maintenance > System Recovery: Backup tab and Software Recovery Swap tab
Administrator Guide
Appendices
1. Backing up log files and system configuration
We recommend that you backup your system’s log files and configuration before you swap to the other software image.
Click Download Logs and Download
Configuration Backup and follow the instructions to save the files on your computer.
2. Reverting to the previously used software version
1. Revert to the previously used software version by clicking Switch to software
TCx.y.z...
, where x.y.z indicates the software version.
2. Click Yes to confirm your choice, or
Cancel if you have changed your mind.
Wait while the system resets. The system will restart automatically when finished.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
56 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Factory reset
If there is a severe problem with the video system, the last resort may be to reset it to its default factory settings. Always consider reverting to the previously used software image before performing a factory reset. In many situations this will recover the system * .
A factory reset should only be performed by a system administrator or in contact with Cisco technical support.
When factory resetting the video system the following happens:
• The call logs will be deleted.
• Passwords will be reset to default.
• All system parameters will be reset to default values.
• All files that have been uploaded to the system will be deleted. This includes, but is not limited to, custom wallpapers, certificates and favorites list (My contacts).
• The previous (inactive) software image will be deleted.
• Option keys and release keys will not be affected.
The system restarts automatically after the reset. It is using the same software image as before.
We strongly recommend that you backup your system’s log files and configuration before you perform a factory reset.
It is not possible to undo a factory reset.
There is more information about performing a factory reset in the
System settings Setting passwords
Navigate to: Maintenance > System Recovery: Backup tab and Factory Reset tab
1. Backing up log files and system configuration
We strongly recommend that you backup your system’s log files and configuration before you perform a factory reset; otherwise these data will be lost.
Click Download Logs and Download
Configuration Backup and follow the instructions to save the files on your computer.
Administrator Guide
Appendices
2. Performing a factory reset
Read the provided information carefully before you click Perform a factory reset...
.
Click Yes to confirm your choice, or Cancel if you have changed your mind.
Wait while the system resets. The system will restart automatically when finished.
* Read about software swapping in the
► Reverting to the previously used software version section.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
57
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Remote support user
In cases where you need to diagnose problems on the video system you can create a remote support user.
The remote support user will be granted read access to the system and will have access to a limited set of commands that can aid troubleshooting.
You will need assistance from Cisco Technical Assistance
Center (TAC) to acquire the password for the remote support user.
The remote support user should only be enabled for troubleshooting reasons when instructed by
Cisco TAC.
System settings Setting passwords
Navigate to: Maintenance > System Recovery: Remote Support User tab
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
Create remote support user
1. Open a case with Cisco TAC.
2. Click Create user .
3. Copy the text in the Token field and send to Cisco TAC.
4. Cisco TAC will generate a password .
The remote support user is valid for seven days, or until it is deleted.
58
Delete remote support user
Click Delete user . www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction
Restarting the system
The system can be shut down or restarted remotely using the web interface.
Navigate to: Maintenance > Restart
System settings
Restarting the system
Click Restart TelePresence device...
to restart the system.
It will take a few minutes before the system is ready for use.
Setting passwords
Shutting down the system
Click Shutdown TelePresence device...
to shut down the system.
The system cannot be turned on again remotely; you must press its power button physically to turn it on.
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
59 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Chapter 3
System settings
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
60
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Overview of the system settings
In the following pages you will find a complete list of the system settings which are configured from the System
Configuration page on the web interface. The examples show either the default value or an example of a value.
Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the video system; then sign in.
To find the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6), open the
Settings * menu on the Touch controller and tap
System Information ; or navigate to Home > Settings >
System information when using a remote control and the on-screen menu.
* The Settings menu can be accessed from the drop down window that appears when you tap the contact information in the upper, left corner of the Touch controller.
Audio settings ....................................................................... 65
Audio DefaultVolume............................................................... 70
Audio Input HDMI [2] Level ...................................................... 65
Audio Input HDMI [2] Mode ..................................................... 65
Audio Input HDMI [2] VideoAssociation
MuteOnInactiveVideo .............................................................. 65
Audio Input HDMI [2] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource ..... 65
Audio Input Line [1..2] Channel................................................ 66
Audio Input Line [1..2] Equalizer ID .......................................... 65
Audio Input Line [1..2] Equalizer Mode .................................... 65
Audio Input Line [1..2] Level .................................................... 66
Audio Input Line [1..2] LoopSuppression ................................ 66
Audio Input Line [1..2] Mode .................................................... 66
Audio Input Line [1..2] VideoAssociation
MuteOnInactiveVideo .............................................................. 66
Audio Input Line [1..2] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource ... 66
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl
Dereverberation ...................................................................... 67
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl Mode .......... 67
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl
NoiseReduction ....................................................................... 67
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Equalizer ID ..................... 67
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Equalizer Mode ............... 67
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Level ............................... 68
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Mode .............................. 68
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Type ................................ 68
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] VideoAssociation
MuteOnInactiveVideo .............................................................. 68
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] VideoAssociation
VideoInputSource ................................................................... 68
Audio Microphones Mute Enabled .......................................... 70
Audio Output HDMI [1] Level ................................................... 68
Audio Output HDMI [1] Mode .................................................. 69
Audio Output Line [1..2] Channel............................................. 69
Audio Output Line [1..2] Equalizer ID ....................................... 69
Audio Output Line [1..2] Equalizer Mode ................................. 69
Audio Output Line [1..2] Level ................................................. 69
Audio Output Line [1..2] Mode ................................................. 69
Audio Output Line [1] Type ...................................................... 69
Audio Output Line [2] Type ...................................................... 70
Audio SoundsAndAlerts KeyTones Mode ............................... 70
Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingTone .......................................... 70
Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingVolume...................................... 70
Audio Volume ...........................................................................71
Cameras settings .................................................................. 72
Cameras Camera [1..7] Backlight ............................................ 72
Cameras Camera [1..7] Brightness Level ................................ 73
Cameras Camera [1..7] Brightness Mode ............................... 72
Cameras Camera [1..7] DHCP ..................................................74
Cameras Camera [1..7] Flip ..................................................... 73
Cameras Camera [1..7] Focus Mode ....................................... 73
Cameras Camera [1..7] Gamma Level ..................................... 73
Cameras Camera [1..7] Gamma Mode .................................... 73
Cameras Camera [1..7] IrSensor ............................................. 73
Cameras Camera [1..7] Mirror ..................................................74
Cameras Camera [1..7] MotorMoveDetection ..........................74
Cameras Camera [1..7] Whitebalance Level ............................74
Cameras Camera [1..7] Whitebalance Mode ...........................74
Cameras PowerLine Frequency .............................................. 72
Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode ................................................. 72
Cameras SpeakerTrack TrackingMode ................................... 72
Conference settings ............................................................. 75
Conference [1..1] ActiveControl Mode .................................... 75
Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Delay ....................................... 75
Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Mode ...................................... 75
Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Mute ........................................ 75
Conference [1..1] CallProtocolIPStack ..................................... 75
Conference [1..1] DefaultCall Protocol ..................................... 77
Conference [1..1] DefaultCall Rate ........................................... 77
Conference [1..1] DoNotDisturb DefaultTimeout ..................... 76
Conference [1..1] DoNotDisturb Mode .................................... 76
Conference [1..1] Encryption Mode ......................................... 77
Conference [1..1] FarEndControl Mode ................................... 76
Conference [1..1] FarEndControl SignalCapability ................... 76
Conference [1..1] IncomingMultisiteCall Mode ........................ 80
Conference [1..1] MaxReceiveCallRate ................................... 77
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
61
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Conference [1..1] MaxTotalReceiveCallRate ............................ 78
Conference [1..1] MaxTotalTransmitCallRate ........................... 78
Conference [1..1] MaxTransmitCallRate ................................... 77
Conference [1..1] MicUnmuteOnDisconnect Mode ................. 76
Conference [1..1] Multipoint Mode .......................................... 79
Conference [1..1] Presentation OnPlacedOnHold ................... 79
Conference [1..1] Presentation RelayQuality ........................... 79
Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth MainChannel Weight ........ 78
Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth Mode ................................ 78
Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth PresentationChannel
Weight ..................................................................................... 78
FacilityService settings ......................................................... 81
FacilityService Service [1..5] CallType .....................................81
FacilityService Service [1..5] Name .........................................81
FacilityService Service [1..5] Number ......................................81
FacilityService Service [1..5] Type ...........................................81
GPIO settings ........................................................................ 82
GPIO Pin [1..4] Mode ............................................................... 82
H323 settings ........................................................................ 83
H323 NAT Address ................................................................. 83
H323 NAT Mode ..................................................................... 83
H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication LoginName ......................... 83
H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication Mode .................................. 83
H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication Password ........................... 84
H323 Profile [1..1] CallSetup Mode .......................................... 84
H323 Profile [1..1] Encryption MinKeySize .............................. 84
H323 Profile [1..1] Gatekeeper Address .................................. 84
H323 Profile [1..1] Gatekeeper Discovery ................................ 84
H323 Profile [1..1] H323Alias E164 .......................................... 84
H323 Profile [1..1] H323Alias ID ............................................... 85
H323 Profile [1..1] PortAllocation ............................................. 85
Logging settings ................................................................... 86
Logging Mode ......................................................................... 86
Network settings ................................................................... 87
Network [1..1] DHCP RequestTFTPServerAddress ................. 88
Network [1..1] DNS Domain Name ........................................... 88
Network [1..1] DNS Server [1..3] Address ................................ 88
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X AnonymousIdentity ..........................91
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Md5 ..........................................91
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Peap ........................................ 92
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Tls ............................................ 92
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Ttls ........................................... 92
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Identity .............................................91
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Mode .............................................. 90
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Password .........................................91
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X TlsVerify ...........................................91
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X UseClientCertificate ........................91
Network [1..1] IPStack .............................................................. 87
Network [1..1] IPv4 Address .................................................... 87
Network [1..1] IPv4 Assignment ............................................... 87
Network [1..1] IPv4 Gateway .................................................... 87
Network [1..1] IPv4 SubnetMask .............................................. 87
Network [1..1] IPv6 Address .................................................... 88
Network [1..1] IPv6 Assignment ............................................... 87
Network [1..1] IPv6 DHCPOptions ........................................... 88
Network [1..1] IPv6 Gateway .................................................... 88
Network [1..1] MTU .................................................................. 92
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Audio ........................................... 89
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Data ............................................. 89
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv ICMPv6 ....................................... 90
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv NTP ............................................. 90
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Signalling ..................................... 90
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Video ........................................... 89
Network [1..1] QoS Mode ........................................................ 89
Network [1..1] RemoteAccess Allow ........................................ 93
Network [1..1] Speed ............................................................... 92
Network [1..1] TrafficControl Mode .......................................... 92
Network [1..1] VLAN Voice Mode ............................................ 93
Network [1..1] VLAN Voice VlanId............................................ 93
NetworkServices settings ..................................................... 94
NetworkServices CTMS Encryption ....................................... 98
NetworkServices CTMS Mode ............................................... 97
NetworkServices H323 Mode ................................................ 94
NetworkServices HTTP Mode ................................................ 94
NetworkServices HTTPS Mode .............................................. 95
NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP Mode ................................... 95
NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP URL ..................................... 96
NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyClientCertificate .................... 95
NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyServerCertificate .................. 95
NetworkServices Medianet Metadata .................................... 96
NetworkServices MultiWay Address ...................................... 95
NetworkServices MultiWay Protocol ...................................... 95
NetworkServices NTP Address .............................................. 96
NetworkServices NTP Mode .................................................. 96
NetworkServices SIP Mode .................................................... 94
NetworkServices SNMP CommunityName ............................ 97
NetworkServices SNMP Host [1..3] Address .......................... 96
NetworkServices SNMP Mode ............................................... 96
NetworkServices SNMP SystemContact ............................... 97
NetworkServices SNMP SystemLocation .............................. 97
NetworkServices SSH AllowPublicKey ................................... 97
NetworkServices SSH Mode .................................................. 97
NetworkServices Telnet Mode ............................................... 94
NetworkServices WelcomeText .............................................. 94
NetworkServices XMLAPI Mode ............................................ 94
Peripherals settings .............................................................. 99
Peripherals Pairing CiscoTouchPanels RemotePairing ........... 99
Peripherals Profile TouchPanels ............................................. 99
Phonebook settings ............................................................ 100
Phonebook Server [1..1] ID .................................................... 100
Phonebook Server [1..1] Type ............................................... 100
Phonebook Server [1..1] URL ................................................ 100
Provisioning settings ............................................................101
Provisioning Connectivity ......................................................101
Provisioning ExternalManager Address ................................ 102
Provisioning ExternalManager AlternateAddress.................. 102
Provisioning ExternalManager Domain ................................. 102
Provisioning ExternalManager Path ...................................... 102
Provisioning ExternalManager Protocol ................................ 102
Provisioning HttpMethod .......................................................101
Provisioning LoginName ........................................................101
Provisioning Mode .................................................................101
Provisioning Password ...........................................................101
RTP settings .........................................................................103
RTP Ports Range Start .......................................................... 103
RTP Ports Range Stop .......................................................... 103
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
62 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Security settings ................................................................. 104
Security Audit Logging Mode ............................................... 104
Security Audit OnError Action ............................................... 104
Security Audit Server Address ............................................. 104
Security Audit Server Port .................................................... 104
Security Audit Server PortAssignment ................................. 104
Security Session InactivityTimeout ....................................... 105
Security Session ShowLastLogon ........................................ 105
SerialPort settings .............................................................. 106
SerialPort BaudRate .............................................................. 106
SerialPort LoginRequired ...................................................... 106
SerialPort Mode .................................................................... 106
SIP settings ..........................................................................107
SIP ANAT ...............................................................................107
SIP AuthenticateTransferror ...................................................107
SIP ListenPort ........................................................................107
SIP OCSP DefaultResponder .................................................107
SIP OCSP Mode.....................................................................107
SIP PreferredIPMedia .............................................................107
SIP PreferredIPSignaling ........................................................107
SIP Profile [1..1] Authentication [1..1] LoginName .................. 109
SIP Profile [1..1] Authentication [1..1] Password ..................... 109
SIP Profile [1..1] DefaultTransport .......................................... 109
SIP Profile [1..1] DisplayName................................................ 109
SIP Profile [1..1] Ice DefaultCandidate ................................... 108
SIP Profile [1..1] Ice Mode ...................................................... 108
SIP Profile [1..1] Line ...............................................................110
SIP Profile [1..1] Mailbox .........................................................110
SIP Profile [1..1] Outbound ......................................................110
SIP Profile [1..1] Proxy [1..4] Address ......................................110
SIP Profile [1..1] Proxy [1..4] Discovery ...................................110
SIP Profile [1..1] TlsVerify ....................................................... 109
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn BandwidthProbe .................................. 108
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn DiscoverMode ..................................... 108
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn DropRflx ............................................... 108
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn Password ............................................. 109
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn Server .................................................. 108
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn UserName ........................................... 108
SIP Profile [1..1] Type ..............................................................110
SIP Profile [1..1] URI ............................................................... 109
Standby settings .................................................................. 111
Standby BootAction ............................................................... 111
Standby Control ..................................................................... 111
Standby Delay ........................................................................ 111
Standby StandbyAction ......................................................... 111
Standby WakeupAction .......................................................... 111
SystemUnit settings .............................................................112
SystemUnit CallLogging Mode ..............................................112
SystemUnit ContactInfo Type ................................................112
SystemUnit IrSensor ..............................................................113
SystemUnit MenuLanguage ...................................................112
SystemUnit Name ..................................................................112
Time settings .......................................................................114
Time DateFormat ...................................................................114
Time OlsonZone ....................................................................115
Time TimeFormat ...................................................................114
Time Zone ..............................................................................114
UserInterface settings ..........................................................117
UserInterface TouchPanel DefaultPanel ................................117
UserInterface UserPreferences .............................................117
Video settings ......................................................................118
Video AllowWebSnapshots ....................................................118
Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Duration ...................................118
Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Mode ........................................118
Video DefaultPresentationSource ..........................................118
Video Input DVI [3]/[2,3] RGBQuantizationRange ...................118
Video Input DVI [3]/[2,3] Type .................................................119
Video Input HDMI [1..2] RGBQuantizationRange ....................119
Video Input Source [1..3] CameraControl CameraId ..............121
Video Input Source [1..3] CameraControl Mode ....................121
Video Input Source [1..3] Name .............................................119
Video Input Source [1..3] OptimalDefinition Profile ................121
Video Input Source [1..3] OptimalDefinition Threshold60fps .122
Video Input Source [1..3] PresentationSelection ....................120
Video Input Source [1..3] Quality ............................................122
Video Input Source [1..3] Type ...............................................120
Video Input Source [1..3] Visibility ..........................................120
Video Input Source [1] Connector ..........................................119
Video Input Source [2] Connector ..........................................119
Video Input Source [3] Connector..........................................120
Video Layout DisableDisconnectedLocalOutputs ..................122
Video Layout LocalLayoutFamily ...........................................123
Video Layout PresentationDefault View .................................123
Video Layout RemoteLayoutFamily ........................................123
Video Layout ScaleToFrame ..................................................124
Video Layout ScaleToFrameThreshold ...................................124
Video Layout Scaling .............................................................123
Video MainVideoSource ........................................................122
Video Monitors .......................................................................126
Video OSD AutoSelectPresentationSource ...........................128
Video OSD CallSettingsSelection ..........................................128
Video OSD EncryptionIndicator .............................................128
Video OSD InputMethod Cyrillic ............................................129
Video OSD InputMethod InputLanguage ...............................129
Video OSD LanguageSelection .............................................127
Video OSD LoginRequired .....................................................129
Video OSD MenuStartupMode ..............................................127
Video OSD MissedCallsNotification .......................................128
Video OSD Mode ...................................................................127
Video OSD MyContactsExpanded .........................................129
Video OSD Output .................................................................129
Video OSD TodaysBookings ..................................................128
Video OSD VirtualKeyboard ...................................................127
Video OSD WallpaperSelection .............................................127
Video Output Composite [3] Location HorizontalOffset ........ 135
Video Output Composite [3] Location VerticalOffset ............ 135
Video Output Composite [3] MonitorRole ............................. 136
Video Output Composite [3] OverscanLevel ......................... 136
Video Output Composite [3] Resolution ................................ 136
Video Output DVI [2] Location HorizontalOffset .....................132
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
63 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Video Output DVI [2] Location VerticalOffset ........................ 133
Video Output DVI [2] MonitorRole ......................................... 133
Video Output DVI [2] OverscanLevel ..................................... 134
Video Output DVI [2] Resolution ............................................ 134
Video Output DVI [2] RGBQuantizationRange ....................... 133
Video Output HDMI [1] CEC Mode .........................................131
Video Output HDMI [1] Location HorizontalOffset ................. 130
Video Output HDMI [1] Location VerticalOffset ..................... 130
Video Output HDMI [1] MonitorRole .......................................131
Video Output HDMI [1] OverscanLevel ...................................131
Video Output HDMI [1] Resolution ..........................................132
Video Output HDMI [1] RGBQuantizationRange .....................131
Video PIP ActiveSpeaker DefaultValue Position ....................124
Video PIP Presentation DefaultValue Position .......................124
Video Selfview .......................................................................125
Video SelfviewDefault FullscreenMode .................................125
Video SelfviewDefault Mode ..................................................125
Video SelfviewDefault OnMonitorRole ...................................126
Video SelfviewDefault PIPPosition .........................................126
Video SelfviewPosition ..........................................................125
Video WallPaper.................................................................... 136
Experimental settings ..........................................................137
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
64 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Audio settings
Audio Input HDMI [2] Mode
Determine if the audio channels on the HDMI input shall be enabled. The HDMI input has two audio channels.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable audio on the HDMI input.
On: Enable audio on the HDMI input.
Example:
Audio Input HDMI 2 Mode: On
Audio Input HDMI [2] Level
This setting applies to HDMI [2..3] for single camera systems, and to HDMI [3] for dual camera systems.
Define the audio level of the HDMI input connector, in steps of 1 dB.
See the Audio Level tables in the Physical Interfaces Guide for the codec for a complete overview of the menu values represented in dB.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-24..0>
Range: Select a value from -24 to 0 dB.
Example:
Audio Input HDMI 2 Level: 0
Audio Input HDMI [2] VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo
Enable association of a video source to an HDMI audio input.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No video source is associated.
On: A video source is associated, and the audio will be muted if the associated video source is not displayed.
Example:
Audio Input HDMI 2 VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo: Off
Audio Input HDMI [2] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource
Select the associated video input source.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1/2/3>
Range: Select one of the video input sources.
Example:
Audio Input HDMI 2 VideoAssociation VideoInputSource: 1
Audio Input Line [1..2] Equalizer ID
Select the audio input line equalizer ID.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..8>
Range: Select EqualizerID 1 to 8.
Example:
Audio Input Line 1 Equalizer ID: 1
Audio Input Line [1..2] Equalizer Mode
Set the audio input line equalizer mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No equalizer.
On: Enable the equalizer for the audio input line.
Example:
Audio Input Line 1 Equalizer Mode: Off
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
65
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Audio Input Line [1..2] VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo
Enable association of a video source to a Line audio input.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No video source is associated.
On: A video source is associated, and the audio will be muted if the associated video source is not displayed.
Example:
Audio Input Line 1 VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo: Off
Audio Input Line [1..2] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource
Select the associated video input source.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1/2/3>
Range: Select one of the video input sources.
Example:
Audio Input Line 1 VideoAssociation VideoInputSource: 1
Audio Input Line [1..2] Channel
Define whether the Audio Line input is a mono signal or part of a multichannel signal.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Right/Left/Mono>
Right: The Audio Line input signal is the right channel of a stereo signal.
Left: The Audio Line input signal is the left channel of a stereo signal.
Mono: The Audio Line input signal is a mono signal.
Example:
Audio Input 1 Channel: Left
Audio Input Line [1..2] Level
Define the audio level of the Line input connector, in steps of 1 dB.
See the Audio Level tables in the Physical Interfaces Guide for the codec for a complete overview of the menu values represented in dB.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..24>
Range: Select a value from 0 to 24 dB.
Example:
Audio Input Line 1 Level: 10
Audio Input Line [1..2] LoopSuppression
Codec C40 and C60 currently does not support loop suppression, hence it is always Off.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off>
Off: Deactivate Loop Suppression.
Example:
Audio Input Line 1 LoopSuppression: Off
Audio Input Line [1..2] Mode
Set the audio input line mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the Audio Line input.
On: Enable the Audio Line input.
Example:
Audio Input Line 1 Mode: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
66 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl Mode
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
The echo canceller continuously adjusts itself to the audio characteristics of the room and compensate for any changes it detects in the audio environment. If the changes in the audio conditions are very significant the echo canceller may take a second or two to re-adjust.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Echo Control should be switched Off if external echo cancellation or playback equipment is used.
On: Echo Control is normally set to On to prevent the far end from hearing their own audio.
Once selected, echo cancellation is active at all times.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 EchoControl Mode: On
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl NoiseReduction
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
The system has a built-in noise reduction which reduces constant background noise (for example noise from air-conditioning systems, cooling fans etc.). In addition, a high pass filter
(Humfilter) reduces very low frequency noise. Requires the Echo Control Mode to be enabled for the microphone.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Turn off the Noise Reduction.
On: The Noise Reduction should be enabled in the presence of low frequency noise.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 EchoControl NoiseReduction: On
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl Dereverberation
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
The system has built-in signal processing to reduce the effect of room reverberation. Requires the Echo Control Mode to be enabled for the microphone.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Turn off the dereverberation.
On: Turn on the dereverberation.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 EchoControl Dereverberation: On
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Equalizer ID
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
Select the audio input microphone equalizer ID.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..8>
Range: Select Equalizer ID 1 to 8.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 Equalizer ID: 1
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Equalizer Mode
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
Set the audio input microphone equalizer mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No equalizer.
On: Enable the equalizer for the audio input microphone.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 Equalizer Mode: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
67 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
Enable association of a video source to a microphone audio input.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No video source is associated.
On: A video source is associated, and the audio will be muted if the associated video source is not displayed.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo: On
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
Select the associated video input source.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1/2/3>
Range: Select one of the video input sources.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 VideoAssociation VideoInputSource: 1
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Level
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
Define the audio level of the Microphone input connector, in steps of 1 dB.
See the Audio Level tables in the Physical Interfaces Guide for the codec for a complete overview of the values represented in dB.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..24>
Range: Select a value between 0 and 24 dB.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 Level: 14
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Mode
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
Set the audio input microphone mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the microphone connector.
On: Enable the microphone connector.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 Mode: On
Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Type
NOTE: Codec C40 has two microphone connectors. Codec C60 has four microphone connectors.
The microphone connectors are intended for electret type microphones. The microphone connector can be set to line or microphone mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Microphone/Line>
Microphone: Select Microphone when you have 48 V Phantom voltage and the preamplification is On.
Line: Select Line when you have a standard balanced line input. The phantom voltage and pre-amplification is Off.
Example:
Audio Input Microphone 1 Type: Line
Audio Output HDMI [1] Level
Define the output level of the HDMI output connector, in steps of 1 dB.
See the Audio Level tables in the Physical Interfaces Guide for the codec for a complete overview of the menu values represented in dB.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-24..0>
Range: Select a value from -24 to 0 dB.
Example:
Audio Output HDMI 1 Level: 0
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
68 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Audio Output HDMI [1] Mode
Determine if the audio channel on the HDMI output connector shall be enabled.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the audio channel on the HDMI output.
On: Enable the audio channel on the HDMI output.
Example:
Audio Output HDMI 1 Mode: On
Audio Output Line [1..2] Channel
Define whether the Audio Line output is a mono signal or part of a multichannel signal.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Right/Left/Mono>
Right: The Audio Line output signal is the right channel of a stereo signal.
Left: The Audio Line output signal is the left channel of a stereo signal.
Mono: The Audio Line output signal is a mono signal.
Example:
Audio Output Line 1 Channel: left
Audio Output Line [1..2] Equalizer ID
Select the audio output line equalizer ID.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..8>
Range: Select EqualizerID 1 to 8.
Example:
Audio Output Line 1 Equalizer ID: 1
Audio Output Line [1..2] Equalizer Mode
Set the audio output line equalizer mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No equalizer.
On: Enable the equalizer for the audio output line.
Example:
Audio Output Line 1 Equalizer Mode: Off
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Audio Output Line [1..2] Level
Define the output level of the Audio Output Line connector, in steps of 1 dB.
See the Audio Level tables in the Physical Interfaces Guide for the codec for a complete overview of the menu values represented in dB.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-24..0>
Range: Select a value from -24 to 0 dB.
Example:
Audio Output Line 1 Level: -10
Audio Output Line [1..2] Mode
Set the audio output line mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the Audio Line output.
On: Enable the Audio Line output.
Example:
Audio Output Line 1 Mode: On
Audio Output Line [1] Type
Determine if the Audio Line output will be analog or digital type output. The digital output on the
Cisco TelePresence Profile systems are identified as DNAM (Digital Natural Audio Module).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/SPDIF>
Auto: If a Digital NAM is detected then SPDIF mode will be selected, otherwise analog mode will be selected.
SPDIF: Set to SPDIF when you want the line output to be in digital mode.
Example:
Audio Output Line 1 Type: Auto
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
69 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Audio Output Line [2] Type
Line output 2 is a dedicated analog output, hence type can be set to analog only.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Analog>
Analog: Can be set to analog only.
Example:
Audio Output Line 2 Type: Analog
Audio Microphones Mute Enabled
Determine whether audio-mute is allowed or not. The default value is True.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <True/InCallOnly>
True: Muting of audio is always available.
InCallOnly: Muting of audio is only available when the device is in a call. When Idle it is not possible to mute the microphone. This is useful when an external telephone service/audio system is connected via the codec and is to be available when the codec is not in a call.
When set to InCallOnly this will prevent the audio-system from being muted by mistake.
Example:
Audio Microphones Mute Enabled: True
Audio SoundsAndAlerts KeyTones Mode
The system can be configured to make a keyboard click sound effect (key tone) when pressing a key on the remote control, or when typing text or numbers on the Touch controller.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No key tones will be played when you type.
On: You will hear a key tone when you press a key or type text.
Example:
Audio SoundsAndAlerts KeyTones Mode: Off
Setting passwords
Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingTone
This setting defines which ringtone to use for incoming calls. You need to enter the exact name of the ringtone. You can find the available ringtones the following ways.
Web interface: On the Configuration > Personalization page.
Touch controller: On the Ringtone & Sound panel of the Settings menu. This panel is either in the open part of the Settings menu, or included in the password protected Administrator menu. The UserInterface UserPreference setting defines which panels will be in the password protected area.
Remote control: Under Sounds and Alerts in the Settings menu on screen.
API: Run xCommand Audio SoundsAndAlerts Ringtone.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <S: 1, 100>
Format: String with a maximum of 100 characters.
Example:
Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingTone: "Sunrise"
Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingVolume
Sets the ring volume for an incoming call.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <0..100>
Range: The value goes in steps of 5 from 0 to 100 (from -34.5 dB to 15 dB). Volume 0 = Off.
Example:
Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingVolume: 50
Audio DefaultVolume
Set the default speaker volume. The volume returns to this value when you switch on or restart the video system. You can also run the following API command to return to the default value: xCommand Audio Volume SetToDefault. Run the xCommand Audio Volume commands, or use the remote control or Touch controller to change the volume while the video system is running.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <0..100>
Range: The value must be between 0 and 100. The values from 1 to 100 correspond to the range from -34.5 dB to 15 dB (0.5 dB steps). The value 0 means that the audio is switched off.
Example:
Audio DefaultVolume: 50
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
70 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Audio Volume
Set the speaker volume. This setting is obsoleted by the Audio DefaultVolume setting.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <0..100>
Range: The value must be between 0 and 100. The values from 1 to 100 correspond to the range from -34.5 dB to 15 dB (0.5 dB steps). The value 0 means that the audio is switched off.
Example:
Audio Volume: 50
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
71 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Cameras settings
Cameras PowerLine Frequency
If your camera supports power line frequency anti-flickering, the camera is able to compensate for any flicker noise from the electrical power supply. You should set this camera configuration based on your power line frequency. If your camera supports auto detection of line frequency, you can select the Auto option in the configuration.
All Cisco Precision cameras support both anti-flickering and auto detection of line frequency.
Auto is the default value, so you should change this setting if you have a camera that does not support auto detection.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/50Hz/60Hz>
Auto: Allow the camera to detect the power frequency automatically.
50Hz: Use this value when the power line frequency is 50 Hz.
60Hz: Use this value when the power line frequency is 60 Hz.
Example:
Cameras PowerLine Frequency: Auto
Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode
This setting applies only when using a Cisco TelePresence SpeakerTrack 60 camera.
The SpeakerTrack 60 camera assembly consists of two cameras and uses an audio tracking technique that finds and captures a close-up of the active speaker. When a change of speaker is detected, the system can switch automatically between the two cameras to always show the best camera view. Refer to the Cameras SpeakerTrack TrackingMode setting for different switching modes.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <Auto/Off>
Auto: Speaker tracking is switched on. The cameras in the camera assembly behave as one integrated unit that finds the active speaker and dynamically chooses the best camera view.
Off: The cameras operate as two individual cameras. Speaker tracking is not used.
Example:
Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode: Auto
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Cameras SpeakerTrack TrackingMode
This setting applies only when using a Cisco TelePresence SpeakerTrack 60 camera, and when
Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode is set to Auto.
Speaker tracking can operate in two modes: Fast tracking mode and Normal tracking mode.
The tracking algorithm reacts faster to detected changes in Fast tracking mode, thus the camera view will change to a new speaker faster in this mode.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <Default/Fast>
Default: Normal tracking mode.
Fast: Fast tracking mode.
Example:
Cameras SpeakerTrack TrackingMode: Default
Cameras Camera [1..7] Backlight
This configuration turns backlight compensation on or off. Backlight compensation is useful when there is much light behind the persons in the room. Without compensation the persons will easily appear very dark to the far end.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Turn off the camera backlight compensation.
On: Turn on the camera backlight compensation.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Backlight: Off
Cameras Camera [1..7] Brightness Mode
Set the camera brightness mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Manual>
Auto: The camera brightness is automatically set by the system.
Manual: Enable manual control of the camera brightness. The brightness level is set using the Cameras Camera Brightness Level setting.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Brightness Mode: Auto
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
72
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Cameras Camera [1..7] Brightness Level
Set the brightness level. Requires the Camera Brightness Mode to be set to Manual.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..31>
Range: Select a value from 1 to 31.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Brightness Level: 20
Cameras Camera [1..7] Flip
With Flip mode (vertical flip) you can flip the image upside down.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off/On>
Auto: When the camera is placed upside down the image is automatically flipped upside down. This setting will only take effect for a camera that automatically detects which way it is mounted.
Off: Display the video on screen the normal way.
On: When enabled the video on screen is flipped. This setting is used when a camera is mounted upside down, but cannot automatically detect which way it is mounted.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Flip: Auto
Cameras Camera [1..7] Focus Mode
Set the camera focus mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Manual>
Auto: The camera will auto focus once a call is connected, as well as after moving the camera (pan, tilt, zoom). The system will use auto focus only for a few seconds to set the right focus; then auto focus is turned off to prevent continuous focus adjustments of the camera.
Manual: Turn the autofocus off and adjust the camera focus manually.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Focus Mode: Auto
Cameras Camera [1..7] Gamma Mode
This setting enables gamma corrections, and applies only to cameras which support gamma mode. Gamma describes the nonlinear relationship between image pixels and monitor brightness. The Cisco TelePresence PrecisionHD 720p camera supports gamma mode. The
PrecisionHD 1080p camera does not support gamma mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Manual>
Auto: Auto is the default and the recommended setting.
Manual: In manual mode the gamma value is changed with the gamma level setting, ref:
Cameras Camera [1..n] Gamma Level.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Gamma Mode: Auto
Cameras Camera [1..7] Gamma Level
By setting the Gamma Level you can select which gamma correction table to use. This setting may be useful in difficult lighting conditions, where changes to the brightness setting does not provide satisfactory results. Requires the Gamma Mode to be set to Manual.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..7>
Range: Select a value from 0 to 7.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Gamma Level: 0
Cameras Camera [1..7] IrSensor
The IR sensor LED is located in the front of the camera and flickers when the IR sensor is activated from the remote control. Both the Codec C Series and PrecisionHD camera have IR sensors, and only one of them needs to be enabled at the time.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the IR sensor on the camera.
On: Enable the IR sensor on the camera.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 IrSensor: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
73 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Cameras Camera [1..7] Mirror
With Mirror mode (horizontal flip) you can mirror the image on screen.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off/On>
Auto: When the camera is placed upside down the image is automatically mirrored. Use this setting with cameras that can be mounted upside down, and that can auto detect that the camera is mounted upside down.
Off: See the self-view in normal mode, that is the experience of self-view is as seeing yourself as other people see you.
On: See the self-view in mirror mode, that is the self-view is reversed and the experience of self-view is as seeing yourself in a mirror.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Mirror: Auto
Cameras Camera [1..7] MotorMoveDetection
This setting applies only when using a Cisco TelePresence PrecisionHD 1080p12x camera.
If adjusting the camera position by hand you can configure whether the camera should keep its new position or return to the preset or position it had before.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: When the camera position is adjusted manually the camera will keep this position until adjusted again. WARNING: If moving the camera by hand, the camera will not register the new pan and tilt values since there is no position feedback. This will result in wrong pan and tilt values when recalling the camera presets subsequently.
On: When the camera position is adjusted manually, or the camera detects that the motors have moved, it will first re-initialize (i.e. go to default position) then return to the preset/ position it had before the camera was adjusted.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 MotorMoveDetection: Off
Cameras Camera [1..7] Whitebalance Mode
Set the camera white balance mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Manual>
Auto: The camera will continuously adjust the white balance depending on the camera view.
Manual: Enables manual control of the camera white balance. The white balance level is set using the Cameras Camera Whitebalance Level setting.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Whitebalance Mode: Auto
Cameras Camera [1..7] Whitebalance Level
Set the white balance level. Requires the Camera Whitebalance Mode to be set to manual.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..16>
Range: Select a value from 1 to 16.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 Whitebalance Level: 1
Cameras Camera [1..7] DHCP
Applies to cameras which support DHCP over LAN. When set, the command enables support for software upgrade of daisy chained cameras.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: When the camera is not connected to a LAN, set to Off to disable DHCP.
On: Set to On to enable DHCP for the camera. The camera is automatically re-booted, and after re-boot the camera's DHCP function will force start of MAC and IP address retrieval.
To see the result, you can run the following API command: "xStatus Camera". When the camera no longer is connected to a LAN, set to Off.
Example:
Cameras Camera 1 DHCP: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
74 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Conference settings
Conference [1..1] ActiveControl Mode
Active control is a feature that allows conference participants to administer a conference on
Cisco TelePresence Server using the video system's interfaces (not available from the TRC5 remote control and on-screen display). Each user can see the participant list, change video layout, disconnect participants, etc. from the interface. The active control feature is enabled by default, provided that it is supported by the infrastructure (Cisco Unified Communications
Manager (CUCM) version 9.1.2 or newer, Cisco TelePresence Video Communication Server
(VCS) version X8.1 or newer). Change this setting if you want to disable the active control features.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off>
Auto: Active control is enabled when supported by the infrastructure.
Off: Active control is disabled.
Example:
Conference ActiveControl Mode: Auto
Conference [1..1] CallProtocolIPStack
Select if the system should enable IPv4, IPv6, or dual IP stack on the call protocol (SIP, H323).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Dual/IPv4/IPv6>
Dual: Enables both IPv4 and IPv6 for the call protocol.
IPv4: When set to IPv4, the call protocol will use IPv4.
IPv6: When set to IPv6, the call protocol will use IPv6.
Example:
Conference 1 CallProtocolIPStack: Dual
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Mode
Set the auto answer mode. Use the Conference AutoAnswer Delay setting if you want the system to wait a number of seconds before answering the call, and use the Conference
AutoAnswer Mute setting if you want your microphone to be muted when the call is answered.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: You must answer incomming calls manually by pressing the OK key or the green Call key on the remote control, or by tapping Answer on the Touch controller.
On: The system automatically answers incoming calls, except if you are already in a call. You must always answer or decline incoming calls manually when you are already engaged in a call.
Example:
Conference 1 AutoAnswer Mode: Off
Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Mute
Determine if the microphone shall be muted when an incoming call is automatically answered.
Requires that AutoAnswer Mode is switched on.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The incoming call will not be muted.
On: The incoming call will be muted when automatically answered.
Example:
Conference 1 AutoAnswer Mute: Off
Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Delay
Define how long (in seconds) an incoming call has to wait before it is answered automatically by the system. Requires that AutoAnswer Mode is switched on.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..50>
Range: Select a value from 0 to 50 seconds.
Example:
Conference 1 AutoAnswer Delay: 0
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
75
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Conference [1..1] MicUnmuteOnDisconnect Mode
Determine if the microphones shall be unmuted automatically when all calls are disconnected.
In a meeting room or other shared resources this may be done to prepare the system for the next user.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: If muted during a call, let the microphones remain muted after the call is disconnected.
On: Unmute the microphones after the call is disconnected.
Example:
Conference 1 MicUnmuteOnDisconnect Mode: On
Conference [1..1] DoNotDisturb Mode
Determine whether to allow incoming calls.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <Off/On/Timed>
Off: The incoming calls will come through as normal.
On: All incoming calls will be rejected and they will be registered as missed calls. The calling side will receive a busy signal. A message telling that Do Not Disturb is switched on will display on the Touch controller or main display. NOTE: This setting is not recommended as all calls will be rejected until the setting is manually turned off. The recommended option is
Timed.
Timed: When set to timed (default), the system will revert back and allow incoming calls after the specified timeout, defined by the setting: Conference DoNotDisturb DefaultTimeout.
Example:
Conference 1 DoNotDisturb Mode: Timed
Conference [1..1] DoNotDisturb DefaultTimeout
This setting determines the default duration of a Do Not Disturb session, i.e. the period when incoming calls are rejected and registered as missed calls. The session can be terminated earlier by using the user interface (remote control or Touch controller) or the Conference
DoNotDisturb Mode setting. The default value is 60 minutes.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..1440>
Range: Select the number of minutes (between 0 and 1440, i.e. 24 hours) before the Do Not
Disturb session times out automatically.
Example:
Conference 1 DoNotDisturb DefaultTimeOut: 60
Conference [1..1] FarEndControl Mode
Lets you decide if the remote side (far end) should be allowed to select your video sources and control your local camera (pan, tilt, zoom).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The far end is not allowed to select your video sources or to control your local camera
(pan, tilt, zoom).
On: Allows the far end to be able to select your video sources and control your local camera
(pan, tilt, zoom). You will still be able to control your camera and select your video sources as normal.
Example:
Conference 1 FarEndControl Mode: On
Conference [1..1] FarEndControl SignalCapability
Set the far end control (H.224) signal capability mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the far end control signal capability.
On: Enable the far end control signal capability.
Example:
Conference 1 FarEndControl SignalCapability: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
76 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Conference [1..1] Encryption Mode
Set the conference encryption mode. A padlock with the text "Encryption On" or "Encryption
Off" displays on screen for a few seconds when the conference starts.
NOTE: Requires the Encryption Option Key to be installed. When the Encryption Option Key is not installed the encryption mode is set to Off.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On/BestEffort>
Off: The system will not use encryption.
On: The system will only allow calls that are encrypted.
BestEffort: The system will use encryption whenever possible.
> In Point to point calls: If the far end system supports encryption (AES-128), the call will be encrypted. If not, the call will proceed without encryption.
> In MultiSite calls: In order to have encrypted MultiSite conferences, all sites must support encryption. If not, the conference will be unencrypted.
Example:
Conference 1 Encryption Mode: BestEffort
Conference [1..1] DefaultCall Protocol
Set the Default Call Protocol to be used when placing calls from the system.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/H323/Sip/H320>
Auto: Enables auto-selection of the call protocol based on which protocols are available.
If multiple protocols are available, the order of priority is: 1) SIP; 2) H323; 3) H320. If the system cannot register, or the call protocol is not enabled, the auto-selection chooses H323.
H323: H323 ensures that calls are set up as H.323 calls.
Sip: Sip ensures that calls are set up as SIP calls.
H320: H320 ensures that calls are set up as H.320 calls (only applicable if connected to a
Cisco TelePresence ISDN Link gateway).
Example:
Conference 1 DefaultCall Protocol: H323
Conference [1..1] DefaultCall Rate
Set the Default Call Rate to be used when placing calls from the system.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <64..6000>
Range: Select a value between 64 and 6000 kbps.
Example:
Conference 1 DefaultCall Rate: 1920
Conference [1..1] MaxTransmitCallRate
Specify the maximum transmit bit rate to be used when placing or receiving calls. Note that this is the maximum bit rate for each individual call; use the Conference MaxTotalTransmitCallRate setting to set the aggregated maximum for all simultaneous active calls.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <64..6000>
Range: Select a value between 64 and 6000 kbps.
Example:
Conference 1 MaxTransmitCallRate: 6000
Conference [1..1] MaxReceiveCallRate
Specify the maximum receive bit rate to be used when placing or receiving calls. Note that this is the maximum bit rate for each individual call; use the Conference MaxTotalReceiveCallRate setting to set the aggregated maximum for all simultaneous active calls.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <64..6000>
Range: Select a value between 64 and 6000 kbps.
Example:
Conference 1 MaxReceiveCallRate: 6000
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
77 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Conference [1..1] MaxTotalTransmitCallRate
This configuration applies when using a video system's built-in MultiSite feature (optional) to host a multipoint video conference.
Specify the maximum overall transmit bit rate allowed. The bit rate will be divided fairly among all active calls at any time. This means that the individual calls will be up-speeded or downspeeded as appropriate when someone leaves or enters a multipoint conference, or when a call is put on hold (suspended) or resumed.
The maximum transmit bit rate for each individual call is defined in the Conference
MaxTransmitCallRate setting.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <64..10000>
Range: Select a value between 64 and 10000.
Example:
Conference 1 MaxTotalTransmitCallRate: 10000
Conference [1..1] MaxTotalReceiveCallRate
This configuration applies when using a video system's built-in MultiSite feature (optional) to host a multipoint video conference.
Specify the maximum overall receive bit rate allowed. The bit rate will be divided fairly among all active calls at any time. This means that the individual calls will be up-speeded or downspeeded as appropriate when someone leaves or enters a multipoint conference, or when a call is put on hold (suspended) or resumed.
The maximum receive bit rate for each individual call is defined in the Conference
MaxReceiveCallRate setting.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <64..10000>
Range: Select a value between 64 and 10000.
Example:
Conference 1 MaxTotalReceiveCallRate: 10000
Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth Mode
Set the conference video bandwidth mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Dynamic/Static>
Dynamic: The available transmit bandwidth for the video channels are distributed among the currently active channels. If there is no presentation, the main video channels will use the bandwidth of the presentation channel.
Static: The available transmit bandwidth is assigned to each video channel, even if it is not active.
Example:
Conference 1 VideoBandwidth Mode: Dynamic
Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth MainChannel Weight
The available transmit video bandwidth is distributed on the main channel and presentation channel according to "MainChannel Weight" and "PresentationChannel Weight". If the main channel weight is 2 and the presentation channel weight is 1, then the main channel will use twice as much bandwidth as the presentation channel.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..10>
Range: 1 to 10.
Example:
Conference 1 VideoBandwidth MainChannel Weight: 5
Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth PresentationChannel Weight
The available transmit video bandwidth is distributed on the main channel and presentation channel according to "MainChannel Weight" and "PresentationChannel Weight". If the main channel weight is 2 and the presentation channel weight is 1, then the main channel will use twice as much bandwidth as the presentation channel.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..10>
Range: 1 to 10.
Example:
Conference 1 VideoBandwidth PresentationChannel Weight: 5
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
78 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Conference [1..1] Presentation RelayQuality
This configuration applies to video systems that are using the built-in MultiSite feature (optional) to host a multipoint video conference. When a remote user shares a presentation, the video system (codec) will transcode the presentation and send it to the other participants in the multipoint conference. The RelayQuality setting specifies whether to give priority to high frame rate or to high resolution for the presentation source.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Motion/Sharpness>
Motion: Gives the highest possible frame rate. Used when there is a need for higher frame rates, typically when there is a lot of motion in the picture.
Sharpness: Gives the highest possible resolution. Used when you want the highest quality of detailed images and graphics.
Example:
Conference 1 Presentation RelayQuality: Sharpness
Conference [1..1] Presentation OnPlacedOnHold
Define whether or not to continue sharing a presentation after the remote site has put you on hold.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Stop/NoAction>
Stop: The video system stops the presentation sharing when the remote site puts you on hold. The presentation will not continue when the call is resumed.
NoAction: The video system will not stop the presentation sharing when put on hold. The presentation will not be shared while you are on hold, but it will continue automatically when the call is resumed.
Example:
Conference 1 Presentation OnPlacedOnHold: NoAction
Conference [1..1] Multipoint Mode
Define how the video system handles multiparty video conferences.
If registered to a Cisco TelePresence Video Communication Server (VCS), the video system can either use its own built-in MultiSite feature, or it can rely on the MultiWay network solution.
MultiWay requires that the video network includes a multipoint control unit (MCU).
If registered to a Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM) version 8.6.2 or newer, the video system can use either the CUCM conference bridge, or the video system's own built-in
MultiSite feature. Which one to use is set-up by CUCM.
Both Multiway and the CUCM conference bridge allows you to set up conferences with many participants. The built-in MultiSite allows up to four participants (yourself included) plus one additional audio call.
Note that the built-in MultiSite is optional and may not be available on all video systems.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off/MultiSite/MultiWay/CUCMMediaResourceGroupList>
Auto: The multipoint method available will be choosen automatically; if none are available the
Multipoint Mode will automatically be set to Off. If both MultiWay and MultiSite are available, the MultiWay service takes priority over the built-in MultiSite.
Off: Multiparty conferences are not allowed.
MultiSite: Multiparty conferences are set up using the built-in MultiSite feature. If MultiSite is chosen when the MultiSite feature is not available, the Multipoint Mode will automatically be set to Off.
MultiWay: Multiparty conferences are set up using the MultiWay service. If MultiWay is chosen when the MultiWay service is not available, the Multipoint Mode will automatically be set to Off. This may occur when the NetworkServices MultiWay Address setting is empty or not properly set.
CUCMMediaResourceGroupList: Multiparty conferences (ad hoc conferences) are hosted by the CUCM configured conference bridge. This setting is provisioned by CUCM in a CUCM environment and should never be set manually by the user.
Example:
Conference 1 Multipoint Mode: Auto
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
79 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Conference [1..1] IncomingMultisiteCall Mode
Select whether or not to allow incoming calls when already in a call/conference.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Allow/Deny>
Allow: You will be notified when someone calls you while you are already in a call. You can accept the incoming call or not. The ongoing call may be put on hold while answering the incoming call; or you may merge the calls (requires MultiSite or MultiWay support).
Deny: An incoming call will be rejected if you are already in a call. You will not be notified about the incoming call. However, the call will appear as a missed call in the call history list.
Example:
Conference 1 IncomingMultisiteCall Mode: Allow
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
80 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
FacilityService settings
FacilityService Service [1..5] Type
Up to five different facility services can be supported simultaneously. With this setting you can select what kind of services they are. A facility service is not available unless both the
FacilityService Service Name and the FacilityService Service Number settings are properly set.
Only FacilityService Service 1 with Type Helpdesk is available on the Touch controller; the other options are available for system integrators using the API (Application Programming Interface) command set. Facility services are not available when using the remote control and on-screen menu.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Other/Concierge/Helpdesk/Emergency/Security/Catering/Transportation>
Other: Select this option for services not covered by the other options.
Concierge: Select this option for concierge services.
Helpdesk: Select this option for helpdesk services.
Emergency: Select this option for emergency services.
Security: Select this option for security services.
Catering: Select this option for catering services.
Transportation: Select this option for transportation services.
Example:
FacilityService Service 1 Type: Helpdesk
FacilityService Service [1..5] Name
Enter the name of the facility service. Up to five different facility services are supported.
A facility service is not available unless both the FacilityService Service Name and the
FacilityService Service Number settings are properly set. Only FacilityService Service 1 is available on the Touch controller, and the name will show on the facility service call button.
The other services are available for system integrators using the API (Application Programming
Interface) command set. The facility services are not available when using the remote control and on-screen menu.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters.
Example:
FacilityService Service 1 Name: ""
FacilityService Service [1..5] Number
Enter the number (URI or phone number) of the facility service. Up to five different facility services are supported. A facility service is not available unless both the FacilityService Service
Name and the FacilityService Service Number settings are properly set. Only FacilityService
Service 1 is available on the Touch controller; the other options are available for system integrators using the API (Application Programming Interface) command set. The facility services are not available when using the remote control and on-screen menu.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters.
Example:
FacilityService Service 1 Number: ""
FacilityService Service [1..5] CallType
Set the call type for each facility service. Up to five different facility services are supported.
A facility service is not available unless both the FacilityService Service Name and the
FacilityService Service Number settings are properly set. Only FacilityService Service 1 is available on the Touch controller; the other options are available for system integrators using the API (Application Programming Interface) command set. Facility services are not available when using the remote control and on-screen menu.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Video/Audio>
Video: Select this option for video calls.
Audio: Select this option for audio calls.
Example:
FacilityService Service 1 CallType: Video
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
81
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
GPIO settings
GPIO Pin [1..4] Mode
NOTE: Applies only to Codec C60
The four GPIO pins are configured individually. The state can be retrieved by "xStatus GPIO Pin
[1..4] State". The default pin state is High (+12 V). When activated as output, they are set to 0 V.
To activate them as input, they must be pulled down to 0 V.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <InputNoAction/OutputManualState/OutputInCall/OutputMicrophonesMuted/
OutputPresentationOn/OutputAllCallsEncrypted/OutputStandbyActive/InputMuteMicrophones>
InputNoAction: The pin state can be set, but no operation is performed.
OutputManualState: The pin state can be set by "xCommand GPIO ManualState Set PinX:
<High/Low>" (to +12 V or 0 V, respectively).
OutputInCall: The pin is activated when in call, deactivated when not in call.
OutputMicrophonesMuted: The pin is activated when microphones are muted, deactivated when not muted.
OutputPresentationOn: The pin is activated when presentation is active, deactivated when presentation is not active.
OutputAllCallsEncrypted: The pin is activated when all calls are encrypted, deactivated when one or more calls are not encrypted.
OutputStandbyActive: The pin is activated when the system is in standby mode, deactivated when no longer in standby.
InputMuteMicrophones: When the pin is activated (0 V), the microphones will be muted.
When deactivated (+ 12 V), the microphones are unmuted.
Example:
GPIO Pin 1 Mode: InputNoAction
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
82 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
H323 settings
H323 NAT Mode
The firewall traversal technology creates a secure path through the firewall barrier, and enables proper exchange of audio/video data when connected to an external video conferencing system (when the IP traffic goes through a NAT router). NOTE: NAT does not work in conjunction with gatekeepers.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off/On>
Auto: The system will determine if the H323 NAT Address or the real IP address should be used in signaling. This makes it possible to place calls to endpoints on the LAN as well as endpoints on the WAN. If the H323 NAT Address is wrong or not set, the real IP address will be used.
Off: The system will signal the real IP address.
On: The system will signal the configured H323 NAT Address instead of its real IP address in Q.931 and H.245. The NAT Server Address will be shown in the startup-menu as: "My IP
Address: 10.0.2.1". If the H323 NAT Address is wrong or not set, H.323 calls cannot be set up.
Example:
H323 NAT Mode: Off
H323 NAT Address
Enter the external/global IP address to the router with NAT support. Packets sent to the router will then be routed to the system. Note that NAT cannot be used when registered to a gatekeeper.
In the router, the following ports must be routed to the system's IP address:
* Port 1720
* Port 5555-6555
* Port 2326-2487
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address or IPv6 address.
Example:
H323 NAT Address: ""
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication Mode
Set the authenticatin mode for the H.323 profile.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: If the H.323 Gatekeeper Authentication Mode is set to Off the system will not try to authenticate itself to a H.323 Gatekeeper, but will still try a normal registration.
On: If the H.323 Gatekeeper Authentication Mode is set to On and a H.323 Gatekeeper indicates that it requires authentication, the system will try to authenticate itself to the gatekeeper. Requires the Authentication LoginName and Authentication Password to be defined on both the codec and the Gatekeeper.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 Authentication Mode: Off
H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication LoginName
The system sends the Authentication Login Name and the Authentication Password to a H.323
Gatekeeper for authentication. The authentication is a one way authentication from the codec to the H.323 Gatekeeper, i.e. the system is authenticated to the gatekeeper. If the H.323
Gatekeeper indicates that no authentication is required, the system will still try to register.
Requires the H.323 Gatekeeper Authentication Mode to be enabled.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 50>
Format: String with a maximum of 50 characters.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 Authentication LoginName: ""
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
83
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication Password
The system sends the Authentication Login Name and the Authentication Password to a H.323
Gatekeeper for authentication. The authentication is a one way authentication from the codec to the H.323 Gatekeeper, i.e. the system is authenticated to the gatekeeper. If the H.323
Gatekeeper indicates that no authentication is required, the system will still try to register.
Requires the H.323 Gatekeeper Authentication Mode to be enabled.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 50>
Format: String with a maximum of 50 characters.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 Authentication Password: ""
H323 Profile [1..1] CallSetup Mode
The H.323 Call Setup Mode defines whether to use a Gatekeeper or Direct calling when establishing H323 calls.
NOTE: Direct H.323 calls can be made even though the H.323 Call Setup Mode is set to
Gatekeeper.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Direct/Gatekeeper>
Direct: An IP address must be used when dialing in order to make the H323 call.
Gatekeeper: The system will use a Gatekeeper to make a H.323 call. When selecting this option the H323 Profile Gatekeeper Address and H323 Profile Gatekeeper Discovery settings must also be configured.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 CallSetup Mode: Gatekeeper
H323 Profile [1..1] Encryption MinKeySize
Define the minimum key size for the Diffie-Hellman key exchange method, which is used when establishing the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) encryption key.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1024bit/2048bit>
1024bit: The minimum size is 1024 bit.
2048bit: The minimum size is 2048 bit.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 Encryption MinKeySize: 1024bit
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
H323 Profile [1..1] Gatekeeper Discovery
Determine how the system shall register to a H.323 Gatekeeper.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Manual/Auto>
Manual: The system will use a specific Gatekeeper identified by the Gatekeeper's IP address.
Auto: The system will automatically try to register to any available Gatekeeper. If a
Gatekeeper responds to the request sent from the codec within 30 seconds this specific
Gatekeeper will be used. This requires that the Gatekeeper is in auto discovery mode as well. If no Gatekeeper responds, the system will not use a Gatekeeper for making H.323 calls and hence an IP address must be specified manually.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 Gatekeeper Discovery: Manual
H323 Profile [1..1] Gatekeeper Address
Enter the IP address of the Gatekeeper. Requires the H.323 Call Setup Mode to be set to
Gatekeeper and the Gatekeeper Discovery to be set to Manual.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: A valid IPv4 address, IPv6 address or DNS name.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 Gatekeeper Address: "192.0.2.0"
H323 Profile [1..1] H323Alias E164
The H.323 Alias E.164 defines the address of the system, according to the numbering plan implemented in the H.323 Gatekeeper. The E.164 alias is equivalent to a telephone number, sometimes combined with access codes.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 30>
Format: Compact string with a maximum of 30 characters. Valid characters are 0-9, * and #.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 H323Alias E164: "90550092"
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
84 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
H323 Profile [1..1] H323Alias ID
Lets you specify the H.323 Alias ID which is used to address the system on a H.323 Gatekeeper and will be displayed in the call lists. Example: "[email protected]", "My H.323
Alias ID"
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 49>
Format: String with a maximum of 49 characters.
Example:
H323 Profile 1 H323Alias ID: "[email protected]"
H323 Profile [1..1] PortAllocation
The H.323 Port Allocation setting affects the H.245 port numbers used for H.323 call signalling.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Dynamic/Static>
Dynamic: The system will allocate which ports to use when opening a TCP connection. The reason for doing this is to avoid using the same ports for subsequent calls, as some firewalls consider this as a sign of attack. When Dynamic is selected, the H.323 ports used are from
11000 to 20999. Once 20999 is reached they restart again at 11000. For RTP and RTCP media data, the system is using UDP ports in the range 2326 to 2487. Each media channel is using two adjacent ports, ie 2330 and 2331 for RTP and RTCP respectively. The ports are automatically selected by the system within the given range. Firewall administrators should not try to deduce which ports are used when, as the allocation schema within the mentioned range may change without any further notice.
Static: When set to Static the ports are given within a static predefined range [5555-6555].
Example:
H323 Profile 1 PortAllocation: Dynamic
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
85 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Logging settings
Logging Mode
Not applicable in this version.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
86 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Network settings
Network [1..1] IPStack
Select if the system should use IPv4, IPv6, or dual IP stack, on the network interface. NOTE:
After changing this setting you may have to wait up to 30 seconds before it takes effect.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Dual/IPv4/IPv6>
Dual: When set to Dual, the network interface can operate on both IP versions at the same time, and can have both an IPv4 and an IPv6 address at the same time.
IPv4: When set to IPv4, the system will use IPv4 on the network interface.
IPv6: When set to IPv6, the system will use IPv6 on the network interface.
Example:
Network 1 IPStack: Dual
Network [1..1] IPv4 Assignment
Define how the system will obtain its IPv4 address, subnet mask and gateway address. This setting only applies to systems on IPv4 networks.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Static/DHCP>
Static: The addresses must be configured manually using the Network IPv4 Address,
Network IPv4 Gateway and Network IPv4 SubnetMask settings (static addresses).
DHCP: The system addresses are automatically assigned by the DHCP server.
Example:
Network 1 IPv4 Assignment: DHCP
Network [1..1] IPv4 Address
Enter the static IPv4 network address for the system. This setting is only applicable when
Network Assignment is set to Static.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address.
Example:
Network 1 IPv4 Address: "192.0.2.2"
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Network [1..1] IPv4 Gateway
Define the IPv4 network gateway. This setting is only applicable when the Network Assignment is set to Static.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address.
Example:
Network 1 IPv4 Gateway: "192.0.2.1"
Network [1..1] IPv4 SubnetMask
Define the IPv4 network subnet mask. This setting is only applicable when the Network
Assignment is set to Static.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: The valid IPv4 address format.
Example:
Network 1 IPv4 SubnetMask: "255.255.255.0"
Network [1..1] IPv6 Assignment
Define how the system will obtain its IPv6 address and the default gateway address. This setting only applies to systems on IPv6 networks.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Static/DHCPv6/Autoconf>
Static: The codec and gateway IP addresses must be configured manually using the Network
IPv6 Address and Network IPv6 Gateway settings. The options, for example NTP and DNS server addresses, must either be set manually or obtained from a DHCPv6 server. The
Network IPv6 DHCPOptions setting determines which method to use.
DHCPv6: All IPv6 addresses, including options, will be obtained from a DHCPv6 server. See
RFC 3315 for a detailed description. The Network IPv6 DHCPOptions setting will be ignored.
Autoconf: Enable IPv6 stateless autoconfiguration of the IPv6 network interface. See RFC
4862 for a detailed description. The options, for example NTP and DNS server addresses, must either be set manually or obtained from a DHCPv6 server. The Network IPv6
DHCPOptions setting determines which method to use.
Example:
Network 1 IPv6 Assignment: Autoconf
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
87
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Network [1..1] IPv6 Address
Enter the static IPv6 network address for the system. This setting is only applicable when the
Network IPv6 Assignment is set to Static.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv6 address.
Example:
Network 1 IPv6 Address: "2001:0DB8:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0002"
Network [1..1] IPv6 Gateway
Define the IPv6 network gateway address. This setting is only applicable when the Network
IPv6 Assignment is set to Static.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv6 address.
Example:
Network 1 IPv6 Gateway: "2001:0DB8:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001"
Network [1..1] IPv6 DHCPOptions
Retrieve a set of DHCP options, for example NTP and DNS server addresses, from a DHCPv6 server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the retrieval of DHCP options from a DHCPv6 server.
On: Enable the retrieval of a selected set of DHCP options from a DHCPv6 server.
Example:
Network 1 IPv6 DHCPOptions: On
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Network [1..1] DHCP RequestTFTPServerAddress
This setting is used only for video systems that are registered to a Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (CUCM).
The setting determines whether the endpoint should ask the DHCP server for DHCP option 150, so that it can discover the address of the TFTP server (provisioning server) automatically.
If this setting is Off or the DHCP server does not support option 150, the TFTP server address must be set manually using the Provisioning ExternalManager Address setting.
If the Network VLAN Voice Mode setting is Auto and the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) assigns an ID to the voice VLAN, then a request for option 150 will always be sent. That is, the
Network DHCP RequestTFTFServerAddress setting will be ignored.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The video system will not send a request for DHCP option 150 and the address of the
TFTP server must be set manually. See the note above for any exception to this rule.
On: The video system will send a request for option 150 to the DHCP server so that it can automatically discover the address of the TFTP server.
Example:
Network 1 DHCP RequestTFTPServerAddress: On
Network [1..1] DNS Domain Name
DNS Domain Name is the default domain name suffix which is added to unqualified names.
Example: If the DNS Domain Name is "company.com" and the name to lookup is
"MyVideoSystem", this will result in the DNS lookup "MyVideoSystem.company.com".
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: String with a maximum of 64 characters.
Example:
Network 1 DNS Domain Name: ""
Network [1..1] DNS Server [1..3] Address
Define the network addresses for DNS servers. Up to 3 addresses may be specified. If the network addresses are unknown, contact your administrator or Internet Service Provider.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address or IPv6 address.
Example:
Network 1 DNS Server 1 Address: ""
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
88 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Network [1..1] QoS Mode
The QoS (Quality of Service) is a method which handles the priority of audio, video and data in the network. The QoS settings must be supported by the infrastructure. Diffserv (Differentiated
Services) is a computer networking architecture that specifies a simple, scalable and coarsegrained mechanism for classifying, managing network traffic and providing QoS priorities on modern IP networks.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/Diffserv>
Off: No QoS method is used.
Diffserv: When you set the QoS Mode to Diffserv, the Network QoS Diffserv Audio, Network
QoS Diffserv Video, Network QoS Diffserv Data, Network QoS Diffserv Signalling, Network
QoS Diffserv ICMPv6 and Network QoS Diffserv NTP settings are used to prioritize packets.
Example:
Network 1 QoS Mode: Diffserv
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Audio
This setting will only take effect if Network QoS Mode is set to Diffserv.
Define which priority Audio packets should have in the IP network.
The priority for the packets ranges from 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority.
The recommended class for Audio is CS4, which equals the decimal value 32. If in doubt, contact your network administrator.
The priority set here might be overridden when packets are leaving the network controlled by the local network administrator.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..63>
Range: Select a value between 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority. The default value is 0 (best effort).
Example:
Network 1 QoS Diffserv Audio: 0
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Video
This setting will only take effect if Network QoS Mode is set to Diffserv.
Define which priority Video packets should have in the IP network. The packets on the presentation channel (shared content) are also in the Video packet category. The priority for the packets ranges from 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority. The recommended class for Video is CS4, which equals the decimal value 32. If in doubt, contact your network administrator.
The priority set here might be overridden when packets are leaving the network controlled by the local network administrator.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..63>
Range: Select a value between 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority. The default value is 0 (best effort).
Example:
Network 1 QoS Diffserv Video: 0
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Data
This setting will only take effect if Network QoS Mode is set to Diffserv.
Define which priority Data packets should have in the IP network.
The priority for the packets ranges from 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority.
The recommended value for Data is 0, which means best effort. If in doubt, contact your network administrator.
The priority set here might be overridden when packets are leaving the network controlled by the local network administrator.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..63>
Range: Select a value between 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority. The default value is 0 (best effort).
Example:
Network 1 QoS Diffserv Data: 0
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
89 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Signalling
This setting will only take effect if Network QoS Mode is set to Diffserv.
Define which priority Signalling packets that are deemed critical (time-sensitive) for the realtime operation should have in the IP network.
The priority for the packets ranges from 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority.
The recommended class for Signalling is CS3, which equals the decimal value 24. If in doubt, contact your network administrator.
The priority set here might be overridden when packets are leaving the network controlled by the local network administrator.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..63>
Range: Select a value between 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority. The default value is 0 (best effort).
Example:
Network 1 QoS Diffserv Signalling: 0
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv ICMPv6
This setting will only take effect if Network QoS Mode is set to Diffserv.
Define which priority ICMPv6 packets should have in the IP network.
The priority for the packets ranges from 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority.
The recommended value for ICMPv6 is 0, which means best effort. If in doubt, contact your network administrator.
The priority set here might be overridden when packets are leaving the network controlled by the local network administrator.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..63>
Range: Select a value between 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority. The default value is 0 (best effort).
Example:
Network 1 QoS Diffserv ICMPv6: 0
Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv NTP
This setting will only take effect if Network QoS Mode is set to Diffserv.
Define which priority NTP packets should have in the IP network.
The priority for the packets ranges from 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority.
The recommended value for NTP is 0, which means best effort. If in doubt, contact your network administrator.
The priority set here might be overridden when packets are leaving the network controlled by the local network administrator.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..63>
Range: Select a value between 0 to 63 - the higher the number, the higher the priority. The default value is 0 (best effort).
Example:
Network 1 QoS Diffserv NTP: 0
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Mode
The system can be connected to an IEEE 802.1X LAN network, with a port-based network access control that is used to provide authenticated network access for Ethernet networks.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The 802.1X authentication is disabled (default).
On: The 802.1X authentication is enabled.
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X Mode: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
90 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X TlsVerify
Verification of the server-side certificate of an IEEE802.1x connection against the certificates in the local CA-list when TLS is used. The CA-list must be uploaded to the video system. This can be done from the web interface.
This setting takes effect only when Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Tls is enabled (On).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: When set to Off, TLS connections are allowed without verifying the server-side X.509 certificate against the local CA-list. This should typically be selected if no CA-list has been uploaded to the codec.
On: When set to On, the server-side X.509 certificate will be validated against the local CAlist for all TLS connections. Only servers with a valid certificate will be allowed.
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X TlsVerify: Off
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X UseClientCertificate
Authentication using a private key/certificate pair during an IEEE802.1x connection. The authentication X.509 certificate must be uploaded to the video system. This can be done from the web interface.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: When set to Off client-side authentication is not used (only server-side).
On: When set to On the client (video system) will perform a mutual authentication TLS handshake with the server.
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X UseClientCertificate: Off
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Identity
The 802.1X Identity is the user name needed for 802.1X authentication.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: String with a maximum of 64 characters.
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X Identity: ""
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Password
The 802.1X Password is the password needed for 802.1X authentication.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 32>
Format: String with a maximum of 32 characters.
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X Password: ""
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X AnonymousIdentity
The 802.1X Anonymous ID string is to be used as unencrypted identity with EAP (Extensible
Authentication Protocol) types that support different tunneled identity, like EAP-PEAP and EAP-
TTLS. If set, the anonymous ID will be used for the initial (unencrypted) EAP Identity Request.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: String with a maximum of 64 characters.
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X AnonymousIdentity: ""
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Md5
Set the Md5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) mode. This is a Challenge Handshake
Authentication Protocol that relies on a shared secret. Md5 is a Weak security.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The EAP-MD5 protocol is disabled.
On: The EAP-MD5 protocol is enabled (default).
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X Eap Md5: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
91 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Ttls
Set the TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Security) mode. Authenticates LAN clients without the need for client certificates. Developed by Funk Software and Certicom. Usually supported by
Agere Systems, Proxim and Avaya.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The EAP-TTLS protocol is disabled.
On: The EAP-TTLS protocol is enabled (default).
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X Eap Ttls: On
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Tls
Enable or disable the use of EAP-TLS (Transport Layer Security) for IEEE802.1x connections.
The EAP-TLS protocol, defined in RFC 5216, is considered one of the most secure EAP standards. LAN clients are authenticated using client certificates.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The EAP-TLS protocol is disabled.
On: The EAP-TLS protocol is enabled (default).
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X Eap Tls: On
Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Peap
Set the Peap (Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol) mode. Authenticates LAN clients without the need for client certificates. Developed by Microsoft, Cisco and RSA Security.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The EAP-PEAP protocol is disabled.
On: The EAP-PEAP protocol is enabled (default).
Example:
Network 1 IEEE8021X Eap Peap: On
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Network [1..1] MTU
Set the Ethernet MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <576..1500>
Range: Select a value from 576 to 1500 bytes.
Example:
Network 1 MTU: 1500
Network [1..1] Speed
Set the Ethernet link speed.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/10half/10full/100half/100full/1000full>
Auto: Autonegotiate link speed.
10half: Force link to 10 Mbps half-duplex.
10full: Force link to 10 Mbps full-duplex.
100half: Force link to 100 Mbps half-duplex.
100full: Force link to 100 Mbps full-duplex.
1000full: Force link to 1 Gbps full-duplex.
Example:
Network 1 Speed: Auto
Network [1..1] TrafficControl Mode
Set the network traffic control mode to decide how to control the video packets transmission speed.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Transmit video packets at link speed.
On: Transmit video packets at maximum 20 Mbps. Can be used to smooth out bursts in the outgoing network traffic.
Example:
Network 1 TrafficControl: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
92 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Network [1..1] RemoteAccess Allow
Filter IP addresses for access to ssh/telnet/HTTP/HTTPS.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters, comma separated IP addresses or IP range.
Example:
Network 1 RemoteAccess Allow: "192.168.1.231, 192.168.1.182"
Network [1..1] VLAN Voice Mode
Set the VLAN voice mode. The VLAN Voice Mode will be set to Auto automatically if you have
Cisco UCM (Cisco Unified Communications Manager) as provisioning infrastructure.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Manual/Off>
Auto: The Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), if available, assigns an id to the voice VLAN. If
CDP is not available, VLAN is not enabled.
Manual: The VLAN ID is set manually using the Network VLAN Voice VlanId setting. If CDP is available, the manually set value will be overruled by the value assigned by CDP.
Off: VLAN is not enabled.
Example:
Network 1 VLAN Voice Mode: Auto
Network [1..1] VLAN Voice VlanId
Set the VLAN voice ID. This setting will only take effect if VLAN Voice Mode is set to Manual.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..4094>
Range: Select a value from 1 to 4094.
Example:
Network 1 VLAN Voice VlanId: 1
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
93 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
NetworkServices settings
NetworkServices H323 Mode
Determine whether the system should be able to place and receive H.323 calls or not.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the possibility to place and receive H.323 calls.
On: Enable the possibility to place and receive H.323 calls (default).
Example:
NetworkServices H323 Mode: On
NetworkServices HTTP Mode
Set the HTTP mode to enable/disable access to the system through a web browser. The web interface is used for system management, call management such as call transfer, diagnostics and software uploads.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The HTTP protocol is disabled.
On: The HTTP protocol is enabled.
Example:
NetworkServices HTTP Mode: On
NetworkServices SIP Mode
Determine whether the system should be able to place and receive SIP calls or not.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the possibility to place and receive SIP calls.
On: Enable the possibility to place and receive SIP calls (default).
Example:
NetworkServices SIP Mode: On
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
NetworkServices Telnet Mode
Telnet is a network protocol used on the Internet or Local Area Network (LAN) connections.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The Telnet protocol is disabled. This is the factory setting.
On: The Telnet protocol is enabled.
Example:
NetworkServices Telnet Mode: Off
NetworkServices WelcomeText
Choose which information the user should see when logging on to the codec through Telnet/
SSH.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The welcome text is: Login successful
On: The welcome text is: Welcome to <system name>; Software version; Software release date; Login successful.
Example:
NetworkServices WelcomeText: On
NetworkServices XMLAPI Mode
Enable or disable the video system's XML API. For security reasons this may be disabled.
Disabling the XML API will limit the remote manageability with for example TMS, which no longer will be able to connect to the video system.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The XML API is disabled.
On: The XML API is enabled (default).
Example:
NetworkServices XMLAPI Mode: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
94
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
NetworkServices MultiWay Address
The MultiWay address must be equal to the Conference Factory Alias, as configured on the
Video Communication Server. The Multiway™ conferencing enables video endpoint users to introduce a 3rd party into an existing call.
Multiway™ can be used in the following situations:
1) When you want to add someone else in to your existing call.
2) When you are called by a 3rd party while already in a call and you want to include that person in the call.
Requirements: The Codec C60/C40 must run software version TC4.0 (or later), Video
Communication Server (VCS) version X5 (or later) and Codian MCU version 3.1 (or later). Video systems invited to join the Multiway™ conference must support the H.323 routeToMC facility message if in an H.323 call, or SIP REFER message if in a SIP call.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters (a valid dial URI).
Example:
NetworkServices MultiWay Address: "h323:[email protected]"
NetworkServices MultiWay Protocol
Determine the protocol to be used for MultiWay calls.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/H323/Sip>
Auto: The system will select the protocol for MultiWay calls.
H323: The H323 protocol will be used for MultiWay calls.
Sip: The SIP protocol will be used for MultiWay calls.
Example:
NetworkServices MultiWay Protocol: Auto
NetworkServices HTTPS Mode
HTTPS is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts user page requests as well as the pages that are returned by the web server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The HTTPS protocol is disabled.
On: The HTTPS protocol is enabled.
Example:
NetworkServices HTTPS Mode: On
NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyServerCertificate
When the video system connects to an external HTTPS server (like a phone book server or an external manager), this server will present a certificate to the video system to identify itself.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Do not verify server certificates.
On: Requires the system to verify that the server certificate is signed by a trusted Certificate
Authority (CA). This requires that a list of trusted CAs are uploaded to the system in advance.
Example:
NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyServerCertificate: Off
NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyClientCertificate
When the video system connects to a HTTPS client (like a web browser), the client can be asked to present a certificate to the video system to identify itself.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Do not verify client certificates.
On: Requires the client to present a certificate that is signed by a trusted Certificate
Authority (CA). This requires that a list of trusted CAs are uploaded to the system in advance.
Example:
NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyClientCertificate: Off
NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP Mode
Define the support for OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol) responder services. The OCSP feature allows users to enable OCSP instead of certificate revocation lists (CRLs) to check the certificate status.
For any outgoing HTTPS connection, the OCSP responder is queried of the status. If the corresponding certificate has been revoked, then the HTTPS connection will not be used.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable OCSP support.
On: Enable OCSP support.
Example:
NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP Mode: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
95 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP URL
Specify the URL of the OCSP responder (server) that will be used to check the certificate status.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters.
Example:
NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP URL: "http://ocspserver.company.com:81"
NetworkServices Medianet Metadata
Switch On or Off the capability to tag media flows with metadata related to the Cisco Medianet deployment.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Media flows will not be tagged with such metadata.
On: Media flows will be tagged with such metadata.
Example:
NetworkServices Medianet Metadata: Off
NetworkServices NTP Mode
The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is used to synchronize the time of the system to a reference time server. The time server will subsequently be queried every 24th hour for time updates.
The time will be displayed on the top of the screen. The system will use the time to timestamp messages transmitted to Gatekeepers or Border Controllers requiring H.235 authentication.
The system will use the time to timestamp messages transmitted to Gatekeepers or Border
Controllers that requires H.235 authentication. It is also used for timestamping Placed Calls,
Missed Calls and Received Calls.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off/Manual>
Auto: The system will use the NTP server, by which address is supplied from the DHCP server in the network. If no DHCP server is used, or the DHCP server does not provide the system with a NTP server address, the system will use the static defined NTP server address specified by the user.
Off: The system will not use an NTP server.
Manual: The system will always use the static defined NTP server address specified by the user.
Example:
NetworkServices NTP Mode: Auto
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
NetworkServices NTP Address
Enter the NTP Address to define the network time protocol server address. This address will be used if NTP Mode is set to Manual, or if set to Auto and no address is supplied by a DHCP server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address, IPv6 address or DNS name.
Example:
NetworkServices NTP Address: "0.tandberg.pool.ntp.org"
NetworkServices SNMP Mode
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is used in network management systems to monitor network-attached devices (routers, servers, switches, projectors, etc) for conditions that warrant administrative attention. SNMP exposes management data in the form of variables on the managed systems, which describe the system configuration. These variables can then be queried (set to ReadOnly) and sometimes set (set to ReadWrite) by managing applications.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/ReadOnly/ReadWrite>
Off: Disable the SNMP network service.
ReadOnly: Enable the SNMP network service for queries only.
ReadWrite: Enable the SNMP network service for both queries and commands.
Example:
NetworkServices SNMP Mode: ReadOnly
NetworkServices SNMP Host [1..3] Address
Enter the address of up to three SNMP Managers.
The system's SNMP Agent (in the codec) responds to requests from SNMP Managers (a PC program etc.), for example about system location and system contact. SNMP traps are not supported.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address, IPv6 address or DNS name.
Example:
NetworkServices SNMP Host 1 Address: ""
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
96 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
NetworkServices SNMP CommunityName
Enter the name of the Network Services SNMP Community. SNMP Community names are used to authenticate SNMP requests. SNMP requests must have a password (case sensitive) in order to receive a response from the SNMP Agent in the codec. The default password is "public".
If you have the Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS) you must make sure the same
SNMP Community is configured there too. NOTE: The SNMP Community password is case sensitive.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 50>
Format: String with a maximum of 50 characters.
Example:
NetworkServices SNMP CommunityName: "public"
NetworkServices SNMP SystemContact
Enter the name of the Network Services SNMP System Contact.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 50>
Format: String with a maximum of 50 characters.
Example:
NetworkServices SNMP SystemContact: ""
NetworkServices SNMP SystemLocation
Enter the name of the Network Services SNMP System Location.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 50>
Format: String with a maximum of 50 characters.
Example:
NetworkServices SNMP SystemLocation: ""
NetworkServices SSH Mode
SSH (or Secure Shell) protocol can provide secure encrypted communication between the codec and your local computer.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The SSH protocol is disabled.
On: The SSH protocol is enabled.
Example:
NetworkServices SSH Mode: On
NetworkServices SSH AllowPublicKey
Secure Shell (SSH) public key authentication can be used to access the codec.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The SSH public key is not allowed.
On: The SSH public key is allowed.
Example:
NetworkServices SSH AllowPublicKey: On
NetworkServices CTMS Mode
This setting determines whether or not to allow multiparty conferences controlled by a Cisco
TelePresence Multipoint Switch (CTMS).
Video systems are able to initiate or join non-encrypted multiparty conferences controlled by
CTMS version 1.8 or later. Encrypted conferences are supported as from software versions
CTMS 1.9.1. Encryption is addressed in the NetworkServices CTMS Encryption setting.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Multiparty conferencing via CTMS is prohibited.
On: Multiparty conferencing via CTMS is allowed.
Example:
NetworkServices CTMS Mode: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
97 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
NetworkServices CTMS Encryption
This setting indicates whether or not the video system supports encryption when participating in a multiparty meeting controlled by a Cisco TelePresence Multipoint Switch (CTMS).
CTMS allows three security settings for meetings: non-secure (not encrypted), best effort
(encrypted if all participants support encryption, otherwise not encrypted) and secure (always encrypted).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/BestEffort>
Off: The video system does not allow encryption and therefore cannot participate in a secure
CTMS meeting (encrypted). When participating in a best effort CTMS meeting, the meeting will be downgraded to non-secure (not encrypted).
BestEffort: The video system can negotiate encryption parameters with CTMS and participate in a secure CTMS meeting (encrypted). Do not use this value if the CTMS version is older than 1.9.1.
Example:
NetworkServices CTMS Encryption: Off
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
98 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Peripherals settings
Peripherals Pairing CiscoTouchPanels RemotePairing
Not applicable.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Remote pairing of Touch 10 is not allowed.
On: Remote pairing of Touch 10 is allowed.
Example:
Peripherals Pairing CiscoTouchPanels RemotePairing: On
Peripherals Profile TouchPanels
Set the number of touch panels that are expected to be connected to the video system. This information is used by the video system’s diagnostics service. If the number of connected touch panels does not match this setting, the diagnostics service will report it as an inconsistency.
Note that only one Cisco Touch controller is supported in this version.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <NotSet/Minimum1/0/1/2/3/4/5>
NotSet: No touch panel check is performed.
Minimum1: At least one touch panel should be connected to the video system.
0-5: This number of Touch controllers should be connected to the video system.
Example:
Peripherals Profile TouchPanels: NotSet
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
99 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Phonebook settings
Phonebook Server [1..1] ID
Enter a name for the external phone book.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: String with a maximum of 64 characters.
Example:
Phonebook Server 1 ID: ""
Phonebook Server [1..1] Type
Select the phonebook server type.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <VCS/TMS/Callway/CUCM>
VCS: Select VCS if the phonebook is located on the Cisco TelePresence Video
Communication Server.
TMS: Select TMS if the phonebook is located on the Cisco TelePresence Management Suite server.
Callway: Select Callway if the phonebook is to be provided by the WebEx TelePresence subscription service (formerly called CallWay). Contact your WebEx TelePresence provider for more information.
CUCM: Select CUCM if the phonebook is located on the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager.
Example:
Phonebook Server 1 Type: TMS
Phonebook Server [1..1] URL
Enter the address (URL) to the external phone book server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters.
Example:
Phonebook Server 1 URL: "http://tms.company.com/tms/public/external/ phonebook/phonebookservice.asmx"
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
100
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Provisioning settings
Provisioning Connectivity
This setting controls how the device discovers whether it should request an internal or external configuration from the provisioning server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Internal/External/Auto>
Internal: Request internal configuration.
External: Request external configuration.
Auto: Automatically discover using NAPTR queries whether internal or external configurations should be requested. If the NAPTR responses have the "e" flag, external configurations will be requested. Otherwise internal configurations will be requested.
Example:
Provisioning Connectivity: Auto
Provisioning Mode
It is possible to configure a video system using a provisioning system (external manager).
This allows video conferencing network administrators to manage many video systems simultaneously. With this setting you choose which type of provisioning system to use.
Provisioning can also be switched off. Contact your provisioning system provider/representative for more information.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/TMS/VCS/CallWay/CUCM/Auto/Edge>
Off: The video system will not be configured by a provisioning system.
Auto: The provisioning server will automatically be selected by the video system.
TMS: The video system will be configured using TMS (Cisco TelePresence Management
System).
VCS: The video system will be configured using VCS (Cisco TelePresence Video
Communication Server).
Callway: The video system will be configured using the WebEx TelePresence subscription service (formerly named Callway).
CUCM: The video system will be configured using CUCM (Cisco Unified Communications
Manager).
Edge: The system will connect to CUCM via the Collaboration Edge infrastructure.
Example:
Provisioning Mode: Auto
Provisioning LoginName
This is the user name part of the credentials used to authenticate the video system with the provisioning server. This setting must be used when required by the provisioning server. If
Provisioning Mode is Callway (WebEx TelePresence), enter the video number.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 80>
Format: String with a maximum of 80 characters.
Example:
Provisioning LoginName: ""
Provisioning Password
This is the password part of the credentials used to authenticate the video system with the provisioning server. This setting must be used when required by the provisioning server. If
Provisioning Mode is Callway (WebEx TelePresence), enter the activation code.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: String with a maximum of 64 characters.
Example:
Provisioning Password: ""
Provisioning HttpMethod
Select the HTTP method to be used for the provisioning.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <GET/POST>
GET: Select GET when the provisioning server supports GET.
POST: Select POST when the provisioning server supports POST.
Example:
Provisioning HttpMethod: POST
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
101
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Provisioning ExternalManager Address
Enter the IP Address or DNS name of the external manager / provisioning system.
If an External Manager Address (and Path) is configured, the system will send a message to this address when starting up. When receiving this message the external manager / provisioning system can return configurations/commands to the unit as a result.
When using CUCM or TMS provisioning, the DHCP server can be set up to provide the external manager address automatically (DHCP Option 242 for TMS, and DHCP Option 150 for CUCM).
An address set in the Provisioning ExternalManager Address setting will override the address provided by DHCP.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address, IPv6 address or DNS name.
Example:
Provisioning ExternalManager Address: ""
Provisioning ExternalManager AlternateAddress
Only applicable when the endpoint is provisioned by Cisco Unified Communication Manager
(CUCM) and an alternate CUCM is available for redundancy. Enter the address of the alternate
CUCM. If the main CUCM is not available, the endpoint will be provisioned by the alternate
CUCM. When the main CUCM is available again, the endpoint will be provisioned by this CUCM.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address, IPv6 address or DNS name.
Example:
Provisioning ExternalManager AlternateAddress: ""
Provisioning ExternalManager Protocol
Determine whether to use secure management or not.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <HTTP/HTTPS>
HTTP: Set to HTTP to disable secure management. Requires HTTP to be enabled in the
NetworkServices HTTP Mode setting.
HTTPS: Set to HTTPS to enable secure management. Requires HTTPS to be enabled in the
NetworkServices HTTPS Mode setting.
Example:
Provisioning ExternalManager Protocol: HTTP
Provisioning ExternalManager Path
Set the Path to the external manager / provisioning system. This setting is required when several management services reside on the same server, i.e. share the same External Manager address.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters.
Example:
Provisioning ExternalManager Path: "tms/public/external/management/
SystemManagementService.asmx"
Provisioning ExternalManager Domain
Enter the SIP domain for the VCS provisioning server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: String with a maximum of 64 characters.
Example:
Provisioning ExternalManager Domain: "any.domain.com"
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
102 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
RTP settings
RTP Ports Range Start
Specify the first port in the range of RTP ports. Also see the H323 Profile [1..1] PortAllocation setting.
NOTE: Restart the system for any change to this setting to take effect.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1024..65438>
Range: Select a value from 1024 to 65438.
Example:
RTP Ports Range Start: 2326
RTP Ports Range Stop
Specify the last RTP port in the range. Also see the H323 Profile [1..1] PortAllocation setting.
NOTE: Restart the system for any change to this setting to take effect.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1120..65535>
Range: Select a value from 1120 to 65535.
Example:
RTP Ports Range Stop: 2486
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
103 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Security settings
Security Audit Logging Mode
Determine where to record or transmit the audit logs. The audit logs are sent to a syslog server.
When using the External/ExternalSecure modes and setting the port assignment to manual in the Security Audit Server PortAssignment setting, you must also enter the address and port number for the audit server in the Security Audit Server Address and Security Audit Server Port settings.
Requires user role: AUDIT
Value space: <Off/Internal/External/ExternalSecure>
Off: No audit logging is performed.
Internal: The system records the audit logs to internal logs, and rotates logs when they are full.
External: The system sends the audit logs to an external syslog server. The syslog server must support UDP.
ExternalSecure: The system sends encrypted audit logs to an external syslog server that is verified by a certificate in the Audit CA list. The Audit CA list file must be uploaded to the codec using the web interface. The common_name parameter of a certificate in the CA list must match the IP address of the syslog server, and the secure TCP server must be set up to listen for secure (TLS) TCP Syslog messages.
Example:
Security Audit Logging Mode: Off
Security Audit OnError Action
Determine what happens when the connection to the syslog server is lost. This setting is only relevant when Security Audit Logging Mode is set to ExternalSecure.
Requires user role: AUDIT
Value space: <Halt/Ignore>
Halt: If a halt condition is detected the system codec is rebooted and only the auditor is allowed to operate the unit until the halt condition has passed. When the halt condition has passed the audit logs are re-spooled to the syslog server. Halt conditions are: A network breach (no physical link), no syslog server running (or incorrect address or port to the syslog server), TLS authentication failed (if in use), local backup (re-spooling) log full.
Ignore: The system will continue its normal operation, and rotate internal logs when full.
When the connection is restored it will again send its audit logs to the syslog server.
Example:
Security Audit OnError Action: Ignore
Security Audit Server Address
The audit logs are sent to a syslog server. Enter the IP address of the syslog server. Only valid
IPv4 or IPv6 address formats are accepted. Host names are not supported. This setting is only relevant when Security Audit Logging Mode is set to External or ExternalSecure.
Requires user role: AUDIT
Value space: <S: 0, 64>
Format: A valid IPv4 address or IPv6 address
Example:
Security Audit Server Address: ""
Security Audit Server Port
The audit logs are sent to a syslog server. Enter the port of the syslog server that the system shall send its audit logs to. This setting is only relevant when Security Audit PortAssignment is set to Manual.
Requires user role: AUDIT
Value space: <0..65535>
Range: Select a value from 0 to 65535.
Example:
Security Audit Server Port: 514
Security Audit Server PortAssignment
The audit logs are sent to a syslog server. You can define how the port number of the external syslog server will be assigned. This setting is only relevant when Security Audit Logging
Mode is set to External or ExternalSecure. To see which port number is used you can check the Security Audit Server Port status. Navigate to Configuration > System status on the web interface or; if on a command line interface, run the command xStatus Security Audit Server
Port.
Requires user role: AUDIT
Value space: <Auto/Manual>
Auto: Will use UDP port number 514 when the Security Audit Logging Mode is set to
External. Will use TCP port number 6514 when the Security Audit Logging Mode is set to
ExternalSecure.
Manual: Will use the port value defined in the Security Audit Server Port setting.
Example:
Security Audit Server PortAssignment: Auto
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
104
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Security Session ShowLastLogon
When logging in to the system using SSH or Telnet you will see the UserId, time and date of the last session that did a successful login.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
On: Show information about the last session.
Off: Do not show information about the last session.
Example:
Security Session ShowLastLogon: Off
Security Session InactivityTimeout
Determine how long the system will accept inactivity from the user before he is automatically logged out.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..10000>
Range: Select a value between 1 and 10000 seconds; or select 0 when inactivity should not enforce automatic logout.
Example:
Security Session InactivityTimeout: 0
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
105 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
SerialPort settings
SerialPort Mode
Enable/disable the serial port (COM port).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable the serial port.
On: Enable the serial port.
Example:
SerialPort Mode: On
SerialPort BaudRate
Specify the baud rate (data transmission rate, bits per second) for the serial port. The default value is 38400.
Other connection parameters for the serial port are: Data bits: 8; Parity: None; Stop bits: 1; Flow control: None.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <9600/19200/38400/57600/115200>
Range: Select a baud rate from the baud rates listed (bps).
Example:
SerialPort BaudRate: 38400
SerialPort LoginRequired
Determine if login shall be required when connecting to the serial port.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The user can access the codec via the serial port without any login.
On: Login is required when connecting to the codec via the serial port.
Example:
SerialPort LoginRequired: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
106
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
SIP settings
SIP ANAT
ANAT (Alternative Network Address Types) enables media negotiation for multiple addresses and address types, as specified in RFC 4091.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable ANAT.
On: Enable ANAT.
Example:
SIP ANAT: Off
SIP AuthenticateTransferror
Not applicable in this version.
SIP ListenPort
Turn on or off the listening for incoming connections on the SIP TCP/UDP ports. If turned off, the endpoint will only be reachable through the SIP registrar (CUCM or VCS). It is recommended to leave this setting at its default value.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Listening for incoming connections on the SIP TCP/UDP ports is turned off.
On: Listening for incoming connections on the SIP TCP/UDP ports is turned on.
Example:
SIP ListenPort: On
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
SIP PreferredIPMedia
Define the preferred IP version for sending and receiving media (audio, video, data). Only applicable when both Network IPStack and Conference CallProtocolIPStack are set to Dual, and the network does not have a mechanism for choosing the preferred IP version.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <IPv4/IPv6>
IPv4: The preferred IP version for media is IPv4.
IPv6: The preferred IP version for media is IPv6.
Example:
SIP PreferredIPMedia: IPv4
SIP PreferredIPSignaling
Define the preferred IP version for signaling (audio, video, data). Only applicable when both
Network IPStack and Conference CallProtocolIPStack are set to Dual, and the network does not have a mechanism for choosing the preferred IP version. It also determines the priority of the A/AAAA lookups in DNS, so that the preferred IP version is used for registration.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <IPv4/IPv6>
IPv4: The preferred IP version for signaling is IPv4.
IPv6: The preferred IP version for signaling is IPv6.
Example:
SIP PreferredIPSignaling: IPv4
SIP OCSP Mode
Not applicable in this version.
SIP OCSP DefaultResponder
Not applicable in this version.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
107 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
SIP Profile [1..1] Ice Mode
ICE (Interactive Connectivity Establishment, RFC 5245) is a NAT traversal solution that the endpoints can use to discover the optimized media path. Thus the shortest route for audio and video is always secured between the endpoints. NOTE: ICE is not supported when registered to
CUCM (Cisco Unified Communication Manager).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off/On>
Auto: When set to Auto, ICE will be enabled if a turn server is provided, otherwise ICE will be disabled.
Off: Set to Off to disable ICE.
On: Set to On to enable ICE.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Ice Mode: Auto
SIP Profile [1..1] Ice DefaultCandidate
This is the default IP address that the endpoint will receive media on until ICE has reached a conclusion about which media route to use (up to the first 5 seconds of a call.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Host/Rflx/Relay>
Host: The endpoint will receive media on its own IP address.
Rflx: The endpoint will receive media on its public IP address as seen by the TURN server.
Relay: The endpoint will receive media on the IP address and port allocated on the TURN server, and is used as a fallback until ICE has concluded.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Ice DefaultCandidate: Host
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn DiscoverMode
Set the discover mode to enable/disable the application to search for available Turn servers in
DNS. Before making calls, the system will test if port allocation is possible.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Set to Off to disable discovery mode.
On: When set to On, the system will search for available Turn servers in DNS, and before making calls the system will test if port allocation is possible.
Example:
SIP Profile Turn DiscoverMode: On
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn BandwidthProbe
Not applicable in this version.
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn DropRflx
DropRflx will make the endpoint force media through the Turn relay, unless the remote endpoint is on the same network.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable DropRflx.
On: The system will force media through the Turn relay when the remote endpoint is on another network.
Example:
SIP Profile Turn DropRflx: Off
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn Server
This is the address of the TURN (Traversal Using Relay NAT) server that the endpoints will use.
It is used as a media relay fallback and it is also used to discover the endpoint’s own public IP address.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: The preferred format is DNS SRV record (e.g. _turn._udp.<domain>), or it can be a valid IPv4 or IPv6 address.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Turn Server: " _ turn. _ udp.example.com"
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn UserName
The user name needed for accessing the TURN server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 128>
Format: String with a maximum of 128 characters.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Turn UserName: ""
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
108 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
SIP Profile [1..1] Turn Password
The password needed for accessing the TURN server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 128>
Format: String with a maximum of 128 characters.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Turn Password: ""
SIP Profile [1..1] URI
The SIP URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) is the address that is used to identify the video system. The URI is registered and used by the SIP services to route inbound calls to the system. The SIP URI syntax is defined in RFC 3261.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with maximum 255 characters and compliant with the SIP URI syntax.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 URI: "sip:[email protected]"
SIP Profile [1..1] DisplayName
When configured the incoming call will report the DisplayName instead of the SIP URI.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 DisplayName: ""
SIP Profile [1..1] Authentication [1..1] LoginName
This is the user name part of the credentials used to authenticate towards the SIP proxy.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 128>
Format: String with a maximum of 128 characters.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Authentication 1 LoginName: ""
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
SIP Profile [1..1] Authentication [1..1] Password
This is the password part of the credentials used to authenticate towards the SIP proxy.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 128>
Format: String with a maximum of 128 characters.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Authentication 1 Password: ""
SIP Profile [1..1] DefaultTransport
Select the transport protocol to be used over the LAN.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <TCP/UDP/Tls/Auto>
TCP: The system will always use TCP as the default transport method.
UDP: The system will always use UDP as the default transport method.
Tls: The system will always use TLS as the default transport method. For TLS connections a SIP CA-list can be uploaded to the video system. If no such CA-list is available on the system then anonymous Diffie Hellman will be used.
Auto: The system will try to connect using transport protocols in the following order: TLS,
TCP, UDP.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 DefaultTransport: Auto
SIP Profile [1..1] TlsVerify
For TLS connections a SIP CA-list can be uploaded to the video system. This can be done from the web interface.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Set to Off to allow TLS connections without verifying them. The TLS connections are allowed to be set up without verifying the x.509 certificate received from the server against the local CA-list. This should typically be selected if no SIP CA-list has been uploaded.
On: Set to On to verify TLS connections. Only TLS connections to servers, whose x.509 certificate is validated against the CA-list, will be allowed.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 TlsVerify: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
109 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
SIP Profile [1..1] Outbound
Turn on or off the client initiated connections mechanism for firewall traversal, connection reuse and redundancy. The current version supports RFC 5626.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Connect to the single proxy configured first in Proxy Address list.
On: Set up multiple outbound connections to servers in the Proxy Address list.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Outbound: Off
SIP Profile [1..1] Proxy [1..4] Address
The Proxy Address is the manually configured address for the outbound proxy. It is possible to use a fully qualified domain name, or an IP address. The default port is 5060 for TCP and UDP but another one can be provided. If SIP Profile Outbound is enabled, multiple proxies can be addressed.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>
Format: A valid IPv4 address, IPv6 address or DNS name.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Proxy 1 Address: ""
SIP Profile [1..1] Proxy [1..4] Discovery
Select if the SIP Proxy address is to be obtained manually or by using Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Manual>
Auto: When Auto is selected, the SIP Proxy address is obtained using Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Manual: When Manual is selected, the manually configured SIP Proxy address will be used.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Proxy 1 Discovery: Manual
SIP Profile [1..1] Type
Enables SIP extensions and special behavior for a vendor or provider.
NOTE: The SIP types Alcatel, Avaya, Microsoft, and Nortel are no longer supported from software version TC6.3.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Standard/Cisco>
Standard: Use this when registering to standard SIP Proxy (tested with Cisco TelePresence
VCS and Broadsoft)
Cisco: Use this when registering to Cisco Unified Communication Manager.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Type: Standard
SIP Profile [1..1] Mailbox
When registered to a Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM) you may be offered the option of having a private voice mailbox. Enter the number (address) of the mailbox in this setting, or leave the string empty if you do not have a voice mailbox.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 255>>
Format: String with a maximum of 255 characters.
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Mailbox: "12345678"
SIP Profile [1..1] Line
When registered to a Cisco Unified Communications Manager (CUCM) the endpoint may be part of a shared line. This means that several devices share the same directory number. The different devices sharing the same number receive status from the other appearances on the line as defined in RFC 4235.
Note that shared lines are set up by CUCM, not by the endpoint. Therefore do not change this setting manually; CUCM pushes this information to the endpoint when required.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Private/Shared>
Shared: The system is part of a shared line and is therefore sharing its directory number with other devices.
Private: This system is not part of a shared line (default).
Example:
SIP Profile 1 Line: Private
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
110 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Standby settings
Standby Control
Determine whether the system should go into standby mode or not.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The system will not enter standby mode.
On: Enter standby mode when the Standby Delay has timed out. Requires the Standby Delay to be set to an appropriate value.
Example:
Standby Control: On
Standby Delay
Define how long (in minutes) the system shall be in idle mode before it goes into standby mode.
Requires the Standby Control to be enabled.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..480>
Range: Select a value from 1 to 480 minutes.
Example:
Standby Delay: 10
Standby BootAction
Define the camera position after a restart of the codec.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <None/Preset1/Preset2/Preset3/Preset4/Preset5/Preset6/Preset7/Preset8/
Preset9/Preset10/Preset11/Preset12/Preset13/Preset14/Preset15/RestoreCameraPosition/
DefaultCameraPosition>
None: No action.
Preset1 to Preset15: After a reboot the camera position will be set to the position defined by the selected preset.
RestoreCameraPosition: After a reboot the camera position will be set to the position it had before the last boot.
DefaultCameraPosition: After a reboot the camera position will be set to the factory default position.
Example:
Standby BootAction: DefaultCameraPosition
Standby StandbyAction
Define the camera position when going into standby mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <None/PrivacyPosition>
None: No action.
PrivacyPosition: Turns the camera to a sideways position for privacy.
Example:
Standby StandbyAction: PrivacyPosition
Standby WakeupAction
Define the camera position when leaving standby mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <None/Preset1/Preset2/Preset3/Preset4/Preset5/Preset6/Preset7/Preset8/
Preset9/Preset10/Preset11/Preset12/Preset13/Preset14/Preset15/RestoreCameraPosition/
DefaultCameraPosition>
None: No action.
Preset1 to Preset15: When leaving standby the camera position will be set to the position defined by the selected preset.
RestoreCameraPosition: When leaving standby the camera position will be set to the position it had before entering standby.
DefaultCameraPosition: When leaving standby the camera position will be set to the factory default position.
Example:
Standby WakeupAction: RestoreCameraPosition
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
111
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
SystemUnit settings
SystemUnit Name
Enter a System Name to define a name of the system unit. If the H.323 Alias ID is configured on the system then this ID will be used instead of the system name. The system name will be displayed:
1) When the codec is acting as an SNMP Agent.
2) Towards a DHCP server.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 50>
Format: String with a maximum of 50 characters.
Example:
SystemUnit Name: "Meeting Room"
SystemUnit MenuLanguage
Select the language to be used in the menus on screen, or on the Touch controller. All languages are not supported on both user interfaces. The default language is English.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <English/ChineseSimplified/ChineseTraditional/Catalan/Czech/Danish/
Dutch/Finnish/French/German/Hungarian/Italian/Japanese/Korean/Norwegian/Polish/
PortugueseBrazilian/Russian/Spanish/Swedish/Turkish/Arabic/Hebrew>
Example:
SystemUnit MenuLanguage: English
SystemUnit CallLogging Mode
Set the call logging mode for calls that are received or placed by the system. The call logs may then be viewed via the web interface or using the xCommand CallHistory Get command.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable logging.
On: Enable logging.
Example:
SystemUnit CallLogging Mode: On
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
SystemUnit ContactInfo Type
Choose which type of contact information to show in the status field in the upper left corner of the main display and Touch controller. The information can also be read with the command xStatus SystemUnit ContactInfo.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/None/IPv4/IPv6/H323Id/E164Alias/H320Number/SipUri/SystemName/
DisplayName>
Auto: Show the address which another system can dial to reach this system. The address depends on the default call protocol and system registration.
None: Do not show any contact information in the status field.
IPv4: Show the IPv4 address as contact information.
IPv6: Show the IPv6 address as contact information.
H323Id: Show the H.323 ID as contact information (see the H323 Profile [1..1] H323Alias ID setting).
E164Alias: Show the H.323 E164 Alias as contact information (see the H323 Profile [1..1]
H323Alias E164 setting).
H320Number: Show the H.320 number as contact information (only applicable if connected to a Cisco TelePresence ISDN Link gateway).
SipUri: Show the SIP URI as contact information (see the SIP Profile [1..1] URI setting).
SystemName: Show the system name as contact information (see the SystemUnit Name setting).
DisplayName: Show the display name as contact information (see the SIP Profile [1..1]
DisplayName setting).
Example:
SystemUnit ContactInfo Type: Auto
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
112
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
SystemUnit IrSensor
Both the Codec C Series and PrecisionHD camera have IR sensors, and only one of them needs to be enabled at the time. The IR sensor LED is located on the front of the codec and the camera and flickers when an IR signal is received from the remote control.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Off/On>
Auto: The system will automatically disable the IR sensor on the codec if the IR sensor at camera is enabled. Otherwise, the IR sensor on the codec will be enabled.
Off: Disable the IR sensor on the codec.
On: Enable the IR sensor on the codec.
Example:
SystemUnit IrSensor: Auto
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
113 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Time settings
Time TimeFormat
Set the time format.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <24H/12H>
24H: Set the time format to 24 hours.
12H: Set the time format to 12 hours (AM/PM).
Example:
Time TimeFormat: 24H
Time DateFormat
Set the date format.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <DD_MM_YY/MM_DD_YY/YY_MM_DD>
DD_MM_YY: The date January 30th 2010 will be displayed: 30.01.10
MM_DD_YY: The date January 30th 2010 will be displayed: 01.30.10
YY_MM_DD: The date January 30th 2010 will be displayed: 10.01.30
Example:
Time DateFormat: DD _ MM _ YY
Time Zone
This has been replaced with the Time OlsonZone setting as of software version TC7.2.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
114 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Time OlsonZone
Set the time zone for the geographical location of the video system. The information in the value space is from the tz database, also called the IANA Time Zone Database.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <Africa/Abidjan, Africa/Accra, Africa/Addis_Ababa, Africa/Algiers, Africa/Asmara,
Africa/Asmera, Africa/Bamako, Africa/Bangui, Africa/Banjul, Africa/Bissau, Africa/Blantyre,
Africa/Brazzaville, Africa/Bujumbura, Africa/Cairo, Africa/Casablanca, Africa/Ceuta, Africa/
Conakry, Africa/Dakar, Africa/Dar_es_Salaam, Africa/Djibouti, Africa/Douala, Africa/El_Aaiun,
Africa/Freetown, Africa/Gaborone, Africa/Harare, Africa/Johannesburg, Africa/Juba, Africa/
Kampala, Africa/Khartoum, Africa/Kigali, Africa/Kinshasa, Africa/Lagos, Africa/Libreville, Africa/
Lome, Africa/Luanda, Africa/Lubumbashi, Africa/Lusaka, Africa/Malabo, Africa/Maputo, Africa/
Maseru, Africa/Mbabane, Africa/Mogadishu, Africa/Monrovia, Africa/Nairobi, Africa/Ndjamena,
Africa/Niamey, Africa/Nouakchott, Africa/Ouagadougou, Africa/Porto-Novo, Africa/Sao_Tome,
Africa/Timbuktu, Africa/Tripoli, Africa/Tunis, Africa/Windhoek, America/Adak, America/
Anchorage, America/Anguilla, America/Antigua, America/Araguaina, America/Argentina/
Buenos_Aires, America/Argentina/Catamarca, America/Argentina/ComodRivadavia, America/
Argentina/Cordoba, America/Argentina/Jujuy, America/Argentina/La_Rioja, America/Argentina/
Mendoza, America/Argentina/Rio_Gallegos, America/Argentina/Salta, America/Argentina/San_
Juan, America/Argentina/San_Luis, America/Argentina/Tucuman, America/Argentina/Ushuaia,
America/Aruba, America/Asuncion, America/Atikokan, America/Atka, America/Bahia, America/
Bahia_Banderas, America/Barbados, America/Belem, America/Belize, America/Blanc-Sablon,
America/Boa_Vista, America/Bogota, America/Boise, America/Buenos_Aires, America/
Cambridge_Bay, America/Campo_Grande, America/Cancun, America/Caracas, America/
Catamarca, America/Cayenne, America/Cayman, America/Chicago, America/Chihuahua,
America/Coral_Harbour, America/Cordoba, America/Costa_Rica, America/Creston, America/
Cuiaba, America/Curacao, America/Danmarkshavn, America/Dawson, America/Dawson_Creek,
America/Denver, America/Detroit, America/Dominica, America/Edmonton, America/Eirunepe,
America/El_Salvador, America/Ensenada, America/Fort_Wayne, America/Fortaleza, America/
Glace_Bay, America/Godthab, America/Goose_Bay, America/Grand_Turk, America/Grenada,
America/Guadeloupe, America/Guatemala, America/Guayaquil, America/Guyana, America/
Halifax, America/Havana, America/Hermosillo, America/Indiana/Indianapolis, America/Indiana/
Knox, America/Indiana/Marengo, America/Indiana/Petersburg, America/Indiana/Tell_City,
America/Indiana/Vevay, America/Indiana/Vincennes, America/Indiana/Winamac, America/
Indianapolis, America/Inuvik, America/Iqaluit, America/Jamaica, America/Jujuy, America/
Juneau, America/Kentucky/Louisville, America/Kentucky/Monticello, America/Knox_IN,
America/Kralendijk, America/La_Paz, America/Lima, America/Los_Angeles, America/Louisville,
America/Lower_Princes, America/Maceio, America/Managua, America/Manaus, America/
Marigot, America/Martinique, America/Matamoros, America/Mazatlan, America/Mendoza,
America/Menominee, America/Merida, America/Metlakatla, America/Mexico_City, America/
Miquelon, America/Moncton, America/Monterrey, America/Montevideo, America/Montreal,
America/Montserrat, America/Nassau, America/New_York, America/Nipigon, America/Nome,
America/Noronha, America/North_Dakota/Beulah, America/North_Dakota/Center, America/
North_Dakota/New_Salem, America/Ojinaga, America/Panama, America/Pangnirtung, America/
Paramaribo, America/Phoenix, America/Port-au-Prince, America/Port_of_Spain, America/
Porto_Acre, America/Porto_Velho, America/Puerto_Rico, America/Rainy_River, America/
Rankin_Inlet, America/Recife, America/Regina, America/Resolute, America/Rio_Branco,
America/Rosario, America/Santa_Isabel, America/Santarem, America/Santiago, America/
Santo_Domingo, America/Sao_Paulo, America/Scoresbysund, America/Shiprock, America/
Sitka, America/St_Barthelemy, America/St_Johns, America/St_Kitts, America/St_Lucia,
America/St_Thomas, America/St_Vincent, America/Swift_Current, America/Tegucigalpa,
America/Thule, America/Thunder_Bay, America/Tijuana, America/Toronto, America/Tortola,
America/Vancouver, America/Virgin, America/Whitehorse, America/Winnipeg, America/Yakutat,
America/Yellowknife, Antarctica/Casey, Antarctica/Davis, Antarctica/DumontDUrville, Antarctica/
Macquarie, Antarctica/Mawson, Antarctica/McMurdo, Antarctica/Palmer, Antarctica/Rothera,
Antarctica/South_Pole, Antarctica/Syowa, Antarctica/Vostok, Arctic/Longyearbyen, Asia/Aden,
Asia/Almaty, Asia/Amman, Asia/Anadyr, Asia/Aqtau, Asia/Aqtobe, Asia/Ashgabat, Asia/
Ashkhabad, Asia/Baghdad, Asia/Bahrain, Asia/Baku, Asia/Bangkok, Asia/Beirut, Asia/Bishkek,
Asia/Brunei, Asia/Calcutta, Asia/Choibalsan, Asia/Chongqing, Asia/Chungking, Asia/Colombo,
Asia/Dacca, Asia/Damascus, Asia/Dhaka, Asia/Dili, Asia/Dubai, Asia/Dushanbe, Asia/Gaza, Asia/
Harbin, Asia/Hebron, Asia/Ho_Chi_Minh, Asia/Hong_Kong, Asia/Hovd, Asia/Irkutsk, Asia/
Istanbul, Asia/Jakarta, Asia/Jayapura, Asia/Jerusalem, Asia/Kabul, Asia/Kamchatka, Asia/
Karachi, Asia/Kashgar, Asia/Kathmandu, Asia/Katmandu, Asia/Khandyga, Asia/Kolkata, Asia/
Krasnoyarsk, Asia/Kuala_Lumpur, Asia/Kuching, Asia/Kuwait, Asia/Macao, Asia/Macau, Asia/
Magadan, Asia/Makassar, Asia/Manila, Asia/Muscat, Asia/Nicosia, Asia/Novokuznetsk, Asia/
Novosibirsk, Asia/Omsk, Asia/Oral, Asia/Phnom_Penh, Asia/Pontianak, Asia/Pyongyang, Asia/
Qatar, Asia/Qyzylorda, Asia/Rangoon, Asia/Riyadh, Asia/Saigon, Asia/Sakhalin, Asia/Samarkand,
Asia/Seoul, Asia/Shanghai, Asia/Singapore, Asia/Taipei, Asia/Tashkent, Asia/Tbilisi, Asia/Tehran,
Asia/Tel_Aviv, Asia/Thimbu, Asia/Thimphu, Asia/Tokyo, Asia/Ujung_Pandang, Asia/Ulaanbaatar,
Asia/Ulan_Bator, Asia/Urumqi, Asia/Ust-Nera, Asia/Vientiane, Asia/Vladivostok, Asia/Yakutsk,
Asia/Yekaterinburg, Asia/Yerevan, Atlantic/Azores, Atlantic/Bermuda, Atlantic/Canary, Atlantic/
Cape_Verde, Atlantic/Faeroe, Atlantic/Faroe, Atlantic/Jan_Mayen, Atlantic/Madeira, Atlantic/
Reykjavik, Atlantic/South_Georgia, Atlantic/St_Helena, Atlantic/Stanley, Australia/ACT, Australia/
Adelaide, Australia/Brisbane, Australia/Broken_Hill, Australia/Canberra, Australia/Currie,
Australia/Darwin, Australia/Eucla, Australia/Hobart, Australia/LHI, Australia/Lindeman, Australia/
Lord_Howe, Australia/Melbourne, Australia/NSW, Australia/North, Australia/Perth, Australia/
Queensland, Australia/South, Australia/Sydney, Australia/Tasmania, Australia/Victoria, Australia/
West, Australia/Yancowinna, Brazil/Acre, Brazil/DeNoronha, Brazil/East, Brazil/West, CET,
CST6CDT, Canada/Atlantic, Canada/Central, Canada/East-Saskatchewan, Canada/Eastern,
Canada/Mountain, Canada/Newfoundland, Canada/Pacific, Canada/Saskatchewan, Canada/
Yukon, Chile/Continental, Chile/EasterIsland, Cuba, EET, EST, EST5EDT, Egypt, Eire, Etc/GMT,
Etc/GMT+0, Etc/GMT+1, Etc/GMT+10, Etc/GMT+11, Etc/GMT+12, Etc/GMT+2, Etc/GMT+3, Etc/
GMT+4, Etc/GMT+5, Etc/GMT+6, Etc/GMT+7, Etc/GMT+8, Etc/GMT+9, Etc/GMT-0, Etc/GMT-1,
Etc/GMT-10, Etc/GMT-11, Etc/GMT-12, Etc/GMT-13, Etc/GMT-14, Etc/GMT-2, Etc/GMT-3, Etc/
GMT-4, Etc/GMT-5, Etc/GMT-6, Etc/GMT-7, Etc/GMT-8, Etc/GMT-9, Etc/GMT0, Etc/Greenwich,
Etc/UCT, Etc/UTC, Etc/Universal, Etc/Zulu, Europe/Amsterdam, Europe/Andorra, Europe/Athens,
Europe/Belfast, Europe/Belgrade, Europe/Berlin, Europe/Bratislava, Europe/Brussels, Europe/
Bucharest, Europe/Budapest, Europe/Busingen, Europe/Chisinau, Europe/Copenhagen, Europe/
Dublin, Europe/Gibraltar, Europe/Guernsey, Europe/Helsinki, Europe/Isle_of_Man, Europe/
Istanbul, Europe/Jersey, Europe/Kaliningrad, Europe/Kiev, Europe/Lisbon, Europe/Ljubljana,
Europe/London, Europe/Luxembourg, Europe/Madrid, Europe/Malta, Europe/Mariehamn,
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
115 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Europe/Minsk, Europe/Monaco, Europe/Moscow, Europe/Nicosia, Europe/Oslo, Europe/Paris,
Europe/Podgorica, Europe/Prague, Europe/Riga, Europe/Rome, Europe/Samara, Europe/
San_Marino, Europe/Sarajevo, Europe/Simferopol, Europe/Skopje, Europe/Sofia, Europe/
Stockholm, Europe/Tallinn, Europe/Tirane, Europe/Tiraspol, Europe/Uzhgorod, Europe/Vaduz,
Europe/Vatican, Europe/Vienna, Europe/Vilnius, Europe/Volgograd, Europe/Warsaw, Europe/
Zagreb, Europe/Zaporozhye, Europe/Zurich, GB, GB-Eire, GMT, GMT+0, GMT-0, GMT0,
Greenwich, HST, Hongkong, Iceland, Indian/Antananarivo, Indian/Chagos, Indian/Christmas,
Indian/Cocos, Indian/Comoro, Indian/Kerguelen, Indian/Mahe, Indian/Maldives, Indian/Mauritius,
Indian/Mayotte, Indian/Reunion, Iran, Israel, Jamaica, Japan, Kwajalein, Libya, MET, MST,
MST7MDT, Mexico/BajaNorte, Mexico/BajaSur, Mexico/General, NZ, NZ-CHAT, Navajo, PRC,
PST8PDT, Pacific/Apia, Pacific/Auckland, Pacific/Chatham, Pacific/Chuuk, Pacific/Easter,
Pacific/Efate, Pacific/Enderbury, Pacific/Fakaofo, Pacific/Fiji, Pacific/Funafuti, Pacific/Galapagos,
Pacific/Gambier, Pacific/Guadalcanal, Pacific/Guam, Pacific/Honolulu, Pacific/Johnston, Pacific/
Kiritimati, Pacific/Kosrae, Pacific/Kwajalein, Pacific/Majuro, Pacific/Marquesas, Pacific/Midway,
Pacific/Nauru, Pacific/Niue, Pacific/Norfolk, Pacific/Noumea, Pacific/Pago_Pago, Pacific/Palau,
Pacific/Pitcairn, Pacific/Pohnpei, Pacific/Ponape, Pacific/Port_Moresby, Pacific/Rarotonga,
Pacific/Saipan, Pacific/Samoa, Pacific/Tahiti, Pacific/Tarawa, Pacific/Tongatapu, Pacific/Truk,
Pacific/Wake, Pacific/Wallis, Pacific/Yap, Poland, Portugal, ROC, ROK, Singapore, Turkey, UCT,
US/Alaska, US/Aleutian, US/Arizona, US/Central, US/East-Indiana, US/Eastern, US/Hawaii, US/
Indiana-Starke, US/Michigan, US/Mountain, US/Pacific, US/Pacific-New, US/Samoa, UTC,
Universal, W-SU, WET, Zulu>
Range: Select a time zone from the list.
Example:
Range: Select a time zone from the list time zones.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
116 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
UserInterface settings
UserInterface TouchPanel DefaultPanel
Define what (contact list, meeting list, or dial pad) the Touch controller will display on wake up.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <None/LastUsed/ContactList/MeetingList/Dialpad>
None: None of the below options will appear as default on the Touch controller.
LastUsed: The last used (contact list, meeting list, or dial pad) will appear as default on the
Touch controller.
ContactList: The contact list (favorites, directory and history) will appear as default on the
Touch controller.
MeetingList: The list of scheduled meetings will appear as default on the Touch controller.
DialPad: The dial pad will appear as default on the Touch controller.
Example:
UserInterface TouchPanel DefaultPanel: None
UserInterface UserPreferences
Some user preferences (ringtone, volume, language, date and time, etc) can be made available from the Settings menu, or from the Settings > Administrator menu on the Touch controller.
Accessing the Administrator menus requires that the user has admin privileges.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The user preferences are available from the Settings > Administrator menu on the Touch controller, for users with admin privileges.
On: The user preferences are available from the Settings menu on the Touch controller.
Example:
UserInterface UserPreferences: On
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
117 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video settings
Video AllowWebSnapshots
Allow or disallow snapshots being taken of the local input sources, remote sites and presentation channel. If snapshots are allowed, the web interface Call Control page will show them both when idle and in a call.
Snapshots are not allowed by default; you must switch this setting On if you want to allow snapshots being taken.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Capturing web snapshots is not allowed.
On: Web snapshots can be captured and displayed on the web interface.
Example:
Video AllowWebSnapshots: Off
Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Mode
This setting is used to switch on self-view for a short while when setting up a call. The Video
CamCtrlPip CallSetup Duration setting determines for how long it remains on. This applies when self-view in general is switched off.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: self-view is not shown automatically during call setup.
On: self-view is shown automatically during call setup.
Example:
Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Mode: On
Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Duration
This setting only has an effect when the Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Mode setting is switched
On. In this case, the number of seconds set here determines for how long self-view is shown before it is automatically switched off.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1..60>
Range: Choose for how long self-view remains on. The valid range is between 1 and 60 seconds.
Example:
Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Duration: 10
Video DefaultPresentationSource
Define which video input source shall be used as the default presentation source when you press the Presentation key on the remote control. If using the Touch controller this setting has no effect. The Video Input Source n Connector setting defines which input connector to use for input source n.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <1/2/3>
Range: Select the video source to be used as the presentation source.
Example:
Video DefaultPresentationSource: 3
Video Input DVI [3]/[2,3] RGBQuantizationRange
NOTE: Codec C40 has one DVI input (DVI-I 3). Codec C60 has two DVI inputs (DVI-I 2 and 3).
All devices with DVI inputs should follow the rules for RGB video quantization range defined in
CEA-861. Unfortunately some devices do not follow the standard and this configuration may be used to override the settings to get a perfect image with any source. The default value is set to
Full because most DVI sources expects full quantization range.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Full/Limited>
Auto: RGB quantization range is automatically selected based on video format according to
CEA-861-E. CE video formats will use limited quantization range levels. IT video formats will use full quantization range levels.
Full: Full quantization range. The R, G, B quantization range includes all code values (0 -
255). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Limited: Limited Quantization Range. R, G, B quantization range that excludes some code values at the extremes (16 - 235). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Example:
Video Input 1 DVI 3 RGBQuantizationRange: Full
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
118
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Input DVI [3]/[2,3] Type
NOTE: Codec C40 has one DVI input (DVI-I 3). Codec C60 has two DVI inputs (DVI-I 2 and 3).
The official DVI standard supports both digital and analog signals. In most cases the default
AutoDetect setting can detect whether the signal is analog RGB or digital. However, in some rare cases when DVI-I cables are used (these cables can carry both the analog and digital signals) the auto detection fails. This setting makes it possible to override the AutoDetect and select the correct DVI video input.
This setting should also be used if the video input is an analog component (YPbPr) type signal.
This is used by some cameras (Sony EVI-HD1) and DVD/Blu-ray players. Since it is not possible to auto detect the difference between AnalogRGB and AnalogYPbPr, the AnalogYPbPr setting must be selected.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <AutoDetect/Digital/AnalogRGB/AnalogYPbPr>
AutoDetect: Set to AutoDetect to automatically detect if the signal is analog RGB or digital.
Digital: Set to Digital to force the DVI video input to Digital when using DVI-I cables with both analog and digital pins and AutoDetect fails.
AnalogRGB: Set to AnalogRGB to force the DVI video input to AnalogRGB when using DVI-I cables with both analog and digital pins and AutoDetect fails.
AnalogYPbPr: Set to AnalogYPbPr to force the DVI video input to AnalogYPbPr, as the component (YPbPr) signal cannot be auto detected.
Example:
Video Input DVI 3 Type: AutoDetect
Video Input HDMI [1..2] RGBQuantizationRange
All devices with HDMI inputs should follow the rules for RGB video quantization range defined in
CEA-861. Unfortunately some devices do not follow the standard and this configuration may be used to override the settings to get a perfect image with any source.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Full/Limited>
Auto: RGB quantization range is automatically selected based on the RGB Quantization
Range bits (Q0, Q1) in the AVI infoframe. If no AVI infoframe is available, RGB quantization range is selected based on video format according to CEA-861-E.
Full: Full quantization range. The R, G, B quantization range includes all code values (0 -
255). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Limited: Limited Quantization Range. R, G, B quantization range that excludes some code values at the extremes (16 - 235). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Example:
Video Input 1 HDMI 1 RGBQuantizationRange: Auto
Video Input Source [1..3] Name
Enter a name for the video input source.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <S: 0, 50>
Format: String with a maximum of 50 characters.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 Name: ""
Video Input Source [1] Connector
Select which video input connector to be active on video input source 1.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <HDMI>
HDMI: Select HDMI when you want to use the HDMI 1 as input source 1.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 Connector: HDMI
Video Input Source [2] Connector
NOTE: Codec C40 has one DVI input (DVI-I 3). Codec C60 has two DVI inputs (DVI-I 2 and 3).
Select which video input connector to be active on video input source 2.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <HDMI/DVI>
HDMI: Select HDMI when you want to use the HDMI 2 as input source 2.
DVI: Select DVI-I when you want to use the DVI-I 2 as input source 2.
Example:
Video Input Source 2 Connector: HDMI
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
119 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Input Source [3] Connector
NOTE: Codec C40 has one DVI input (DVI-I 3). Codec C60 has two DVI inputs (in this context, use DVI-I 3).
Select which video input connector to be active on video input source 3.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <DVI/Composite/YC>
DVI: Select DVI when you want to use the DVI-I 3 as input source 3.
Composite: Select Composite when you want to use the Composite as input source 3.
YC: Select YC when you want to use the S-Video (YC) as input source 3. Connect to the two connectors marked Y/Comp and C.
Example:
Video Input Source 3 Connector: DVI
Video Input Source [1..3] Type
Set which type of input source is connected to the video input.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <other/camera/PC/DVD/document_camera/whiteboard> other: Use this when none of the below options match. camera: Use this when a camera is connected to the video input.
PC: Use this when a computer is connected to the video input.
DVD: Use this when a DVD player is connected to the video input.
document_camera: Use this when a document camera is connected to the video input.
whiteboard: Use this when a whiteboard camera is connected to the video input.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 Type: camera
Video Input Source [1..3] PresentationSelection
Define how the video system will behave when a presentation source is connected to the video input. In general, any input source can be used as a presentation source; normally, the main camera (self-view) will not be used as a presentation source.
If the video system is in standby mode, it will wake up when you connect a presentation source.
Note that sharing the presentation with the far end always requires additional action (tap Start
Presenting on the Touch controller, or press the Presentation key on the remote control).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Manual/Automatic/OnConnect/Hidden>
Manual: In manual mode (default value), the contents of the input source will not be presented on the screen until you select it. Use either the remote control or the Touch controller to choose which input source to present.
Automatic: In automatic mode, the content on the input source will be presented on screen automatically. If more than one source is set to Automatic, the last connected source will be used. If any content was active (presented) when the call was disconnected, the content will still be displayed locally.
OnConnect: When in on-connect mode, the content on the input source will be presented on screen when a cable is connected. Otherwise, the behavior is like when in manual mode.
Hidden: In hidden mode, the contents of the input source do not appear in the graphical user interface.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 PresentationSelection: Manual
Video Input Source [1..3] Visibility
Define the visibility of the video input source in the menus on the user interface.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Never/Always/IfSignal>
Never: Set to Never when the input source is not expected to be used as a presentation source.
Always: When set to Always, the menu selection for the video input source will always be visible on the graphical user interface.
IfSignal: When set to IfSignal, the menu selection for the video input source will only be visible when a presentation source is connected to the video input.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 Visibility: IfSignal
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
120 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Video Input Source [1..3] CameraControl Mode
Select whether or not to enable camera control for the selected video input source when the video input is active.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable camera control.
On: Enable camera control.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 CameraControl Mode: On
Video Input Source [1..3] CameraControl CameraId
Select the ID of the camera in the Visca chain that is connected to this camera source. The
CameraId setting represents the camera's position in the Visca chain.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <1/2/3/4/5/6/7>
Range: Select the ID of the camera in the Visca chain.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 CameraControl CameraId: 1
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Video Input Source [1..3] OptimalDefinition Profile
The Video Input Source Quality setting must be set to Motion for the optimal definition settings to take any effect.
The optimal definition profile should reflect the lighting conditions in your room and the quality of the video input (camera); the better the lighting conditions and video input, the higher the profile. Then, in good lighting conditions, the video encoder will provide better quality (higher resolution or frame rate) for a given call rate.
Generally, we recommend using the Normal or Medium profiles. However, when the lighting conditions are good, the High profile can be set in order to increase the resolution for a given call rate.
Some typical resolutions used for different optimal definition profiles, call rates and transmit frame rates are shown in the table below. It is assumed that dual video is not used. The resolution must be supported by both the calling and called systems.
Use the Video Input Source OptimalDefinition Threshold60fps setting to decide when to use the
60 fps frame rate.
Typical resolutions used for different optimal definition profiles, call rates and frame rates
Frame rate
Optimal
Definition
Profile
Call rate
256 kbps 768 kbps 1152 kbps 1472 kbps 2560 kbps 4 Mbps 6 Mbps
30 fps
Normal
Medium
512 × 288 1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080
640 × 360 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080
High
Normal
768 × 448 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080
256 × 144 512 × 288 768 × 448 1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 *
60 fps Medium 256 × 144 768 × 448 1024 × 576 1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 * 1280 × 720 *
High 512 × 288 1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 * 1280 × 720 * 1280 × 720 *
.
* The resolution will be 1920 × 1080 for 1080p60 capable C60 codecs (main board rev F and later).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Normal/Medium/High>
Normal: Use this profile for a normally to poorly lit environment. Resolutions will be set rather conservative.
Medium: Requires good and stable lighting conditions and a good quality video input. For some call rates this leads to higher resolution.
High: Requires nearly optimal video conferencing lighting conditions and a good quality video input in order to achieve a good overall experience. Rather high resolutions will be used.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 OptimalDefinition Profile: Normal
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
121 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Input Source [1..3] OptimalDefinition Threshold60fps
For each video input, this setting tells the system the lowest resolution where it should transmit
60fps. So for all resolutions lower than this, the maximum transmitted frame rate would be
30fps, while above this resolution 60fps would also be possible, if the available bandwidth is adequate.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <512_288/768_448/1024_576/1280_720/1920_1080/Never>
512_288: Set the threshold to 512x288.
768_448: Set the threshold to 768x448.
1024_576: Set the threshold to 1024x576.
1280_720: Set the threshold to 1280x720.
1920_1080: Set the threshold to 1920x1080.
Never: Do not set a threshold for transmitting 60fps.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 OptimalDefinition Threshold60fps: 1280 _ 720
Video Input Source [1..3] Quality
When encoding and transmitting video there will be a trade-off between high resolution and high frame rate. For some video sources it is more important to transmit high frame rate than high resolution and vice versa. The Quality setting specifies whether to give priority to high frame rate or to high resolution for a given source.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Motion/Sharpness>
Motion: Gives the highest possible frame rate. Used when there is a need for higher frame rates, typically when a large number of participants are present or when there is a lot of motion in the picture.
Sharpness: Gives the highest possible resolution. Used when you want the highest quality of detailed images and graphics.
Example:
Video Input Source 1 Quality: Motion
Video MainVideoSource
Define which video input source shall be used as the main video source.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <1/2/3>
Range: Select the source to be used as the main video source.
Example:
Video MainVideoSource: 1
Video Layout DisableDisconnectedLocalOutputs
Determine whether or not the built-in layout engine shall set layouts on local outputs that have no monitor connected.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The built-in layout engine sets layout on all local outputs, also the ones not having any monitor connected.
On: The built-in layout engine does only set layout on local outputs having a monitor connected.
Example:
Video Layout DisableDisconnectedLocalOutputs: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
122 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Layout LocalLayoutFamily
Select which video layout family to use locally.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/FullScreen/Equal/PresentationSmallSpeaker/PresentationLargeSpeaker/
Prominent/Overlay/Single>
Auto: The default layout family, as given by the layout database, will be used as the local layout. For more information about the layout database, see the xCommand Video Layout
LoadDb command.
FullScreen: The FullScreen layout family will be used as the local layout. It means that the active speaker or presentation will be shown in full screen. Using this value is not recommended as from TC6.0.
Equal: The Equal layout family will be used as the local layout. All videos have equal size, as long as there is space enough on the screen(s).
PresentationSmallSpeaker: The PresentationSmallSpeaker layout family will be used as the local layout. Using this value is not recommended as from TC6.0.
PresentationLargeSpeaker: The PresentationLargeSpeaker layout family will be used as the local layout. Using this value is not recommended as from TC6.0.
Prominent: The Prominent layout family will be used as the local layout. The active speaker, or the presentation if present, will be a large picture, while the other participants will be small pictures. Transitions between active speakers are voice switched.
Overlay: The Overlay layout family will be used as the local layout. The active speaker, or the presentation if present, will be shown in full screen, while the other participants will be small pictures-in-picture (PiP). Transitions between active speakers are voice switched.
Single: The active speaker, or the presentation if present, will be shown in full screen. The other participants are not shown. Transitions between active speakers are voice switched.
Example:
Video Layout LocalLayoutFamily: Auto
Video Layout PresentationDefault View
Determine how the presentation will show on screen when you start sharing a presentation.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Default/Minimized/Maximized>
Default: The presentation is a part of the layout.
Minimized: The presentation starts up in PIP mode.
Maximized: The presentation starts up in full screen mode.
Example:
Video Layout PresentationDefault View: Default
Video Layout RemoteLayoutFamily
Select which video layout family to be used for the remote participants.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/FullScreen/Equal/PresentationSmallSpeaker/PresentationLargeSpeaker/
Prominent/Overlay/Single>
Auto: The default layout family, as given by the local layout database, will be used as the remote layout. For more information about the layout database, see the command: xCommand Video Layout LoadDb.
FullScreen: The FullScreen layout family will be used as the remote layout. It means that the active speaker or presentation will be shown in full screen. Using this value is not recommended as from TC6.0.
Equal: The Equal layout family will be used as the remote layout. All videos have equal size, as long as there is space enough on the screen.
PresentationSmallSpeaker: The PresentationSmallSpeaker layout family will be used as the remote layout. Using this value is not recommended as from TC6.0.
PresentationLargeSpeaker: The PresentationLargeSpeaker layout family will be used as the remote layout. Using this value is not recommended as from TC6.0.
Prominent: The Prominent layout family will be used as the remote layout. The active speaker, or the presentation if present, will be a large picture, while the other participants will be small pictures. Transitions between active speakers are voice switched.
Overlay: The Overlay layout family will be used as the remote layout. The active speaker, or the presentation if present, will be shown in full screen, while the other participants will be small pictures-in-picture (PiP). Transitions between active speakers are voice switched.
Single: The active speaker, or the presentation if present, will be shown in full screen. The other participants are not shown. Transitions between active speakers are voice switched.
Example:
Video Layout RemoteLayoutFamily: Auto
Video Layout Scaling
Define how the system shall adjust the aspect ratio for images or frames when there is a difference between the image and the frame it is to be placed in.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No adjustment of the aspect ratio.
On: Let the system automatically adjust aspect ratio.
Example:
Video Layout Scaling: On
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
123 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Layout ScaleToFrame
Define what to do if the aspect ratio of a video input source doesn't match the aspect ratio of the corresponding image frame in a composition. For example if you have a 4:3 input source
(like XGA) to be displayed on a 16:9 output (like HD720).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Manual/MaintainAspectRatio/StretchToFit>
Manual: If the difference in aspect ratio between the video input source and the target image frame is less than the Video Layout ScaleToFrameThreshold setting (in percent), the image is stretched to fit. If not, the system will maintain the original aspect ratio.
MaintainAspectRatio: Maintain the aspect ratio of the input source, and fill in black in the rest of the frame (letter boxing or pillar boxing).
StretchToFit: Stretch (horizontally or vertically) the input source to fit into the image frame.
NOTE: The general limitation is that you cannot upscale in one direction and at the same time downscale in the other direction. In such situations the codec will apply letterboxing.
Example:
Video Layout ScaleToFrame: MaintainAspectRatio
Video Layout ScaleToFrameThreshold
Only applicable if the Video Layout ScaleToFrame setting is set to manual. If the difference in aspect ratio between the video input source and the target image frame is less than the
ScaleToFrameThreshold setting (in percent), the image is stretched to fit. If not, the system will maintain the original aspect ratio.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <0..100>
Range: Select a value from 0 to 100 percent.
Example:
Video Layout ScaleToFrameThreshold: 5
Video PIP ActiveSpeaker DefaultValue Position
Determine the position on screen of the active speaker picture-in-picture (PiP). The setting only takes effect when using a video layout where the active speaker is a PiP, i.e. the Overlay layout, or possibly a Custom layout (see the Video Layout LocalLayoutFamily setting). The setting takes effect from the next call onwards; if changed during a call, it will have no effect on the current call.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Current/UpperLeft/UpperCenter/UpperRight/CenterLeft/CenterRight/LowerLeft/
LowerRight>
Current: The position of the active speaker PiP will be kept unchanged when leaving a call.
UpperLeft: The active speaker PiP will appear in the upper left corner of the screen.
UpperCenter: The active speaker PiP will appear in the upper center position.
UpperRight: The active speaker PiP will appear in the upper right corner of the screen.
CenterLeft: The active speaker PiP will appear in the center left position.
CentreRight: The active speaker PiP will appear in the center right position.
LowerLeft: The active speaker PiP will appear in the lower left corner of the screen.
LowerRight: The active speaker PiP will appear in the lower right corner of the screen.
Example:
Video PIP ActiveSpeaker DefaultValue Position: Current
Video PIP Presentation DefaultValue Position
Determine the position on screen of the presentation picture-in-picture (PiP). The setting only takes effect when the presentation is explicitly minimized to a PiP, for example using the remote control or the Touch controller. The setting takes effect from the next call onwards; if changed during a call, it will have no effect on the current call.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Current/UpperLeft/UpperCenter/UpperRight/CenterLeft/CenterRight/LowerLeft/
LowerRight>
Current: The position of the presentation PiP will be kept unchanged when leaving a call.
UpperLeft: The presentation PiP will appear in the upper left corner of the screen.
UpperCenter: The presentation PiP will appear in the upper center position.
UpperRight: The presentation PiP will appear in the upper right corner of the screen.
CenterLeft: The presentation PiP will appear in the center left position.
CentreRight: The presentation PiP will appear in the center right position.
LowerLeft: The presentation PiP will appear in the lower left corner of the screen.
LowerRight: The presentation PiP will appear in the lower right corner of the screen.
Example:
Video PIP Presentation DefaultValue Position: Current
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
124 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Video Selfview
Determine if the main video source (self-view) shall be displayed on screen.
This setting is obsoleted by the Video SelfviewDefault Mode setting.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Do not display self-view on screen.
On: Display self-view on screen.
Example:
Video Selfview: On
Video SelfviewPosition
Select where the small self-view PiP (Picture-in-Picture) will appear on screen.
This setting is obsoleted by the Video SelfviewDefault PIPPosition setting.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <UpperLeft/UpperCenter/UpperRight/CenterLeft/CenterRight/LowerLeft/
LowerRight>
UpperLeft: The self-view PiP will appear in the upper left corner of the screen.
UpperCenter: The self-view PiP will appear in the upper center of the screen.
UpperRight: The self-view PiP will appear in the upper right corner of the screen.
CenterLeft: The self-view PiP will appear on the left side of the screen, in center.
CenterRight: The self-view PiP will appear on the right side of the screen, in center.
LowerLeft: The self-view PiP will appear in the lower left corner of the screen.
LowerRight: The self-view PiP will appear in the lower right corner of the screen.
Example:
Video SelfviewPosition: CenterRight
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Video SelfviewDefault Mode
Determine if the main video source (self-view) shall be displayed on screen after a call.
The position and size of the self-view window is determined by the Video SelfviewDefault
PIPPosition and the Video SelfviewDefault FullscreenMode settings respectively.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/Current/On>
Off: self-view is switched off when leaving a call.
Current: self-view is left as is, i.e. if it was on during the call, it remains on after the call; if it was off during the call, it remains off after the call.
On: self-view is switched on when leaving a call.
Example:
Video SelfviewDefault Mode: Current
Video SelfviewDefault FullscreenMode
Determine if the main video source (self-view) shall be shown in full screen or as a small picture-in-picture (PiP) after a call. The setting only takes effect when self-view is switched on
(see the Video SelfviewDefault Mode setting).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/Current/On>
Off: self-view will be shown as a PiP.
Current: The size of the self-view picture will be kept unchanged when leaving a call, i.e. if it was a PiP during the call, it remains a PiP after the call; if it was fullscreen during the call, it remains fullscreen after the call.
On: The self-view picture will be shown in fullscreen.
Example:
Video SelfviewDefault FullscreenMode: Current
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
125 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video SelfviewDefault PIPPosition
Determine the position on screen of the small self-view picture-in-picture (PiP) after a call. The setting only takes effect when self-view is switched on (see the Video SelfviewDefault Mode setting) and fullscreen view is switched off (see the Video SelfviewDefault FullscreenMode setting).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Current/UpperLeft/UpperCenter/UpperRight/CenterLeft/CenterRight/LowerLeft/
LowerRight >
Current: The position of the self-view PiP will be kept unchanged when leaving a call.
UpperLeft: The self-view PiP will appear in the upper left corner of the screen.
UpperCenter: The self-view PiP will appear in the upper center position.
UpperRight: The self-view PiP will appear in the upper right corner of the screen.
CenterLeft: The self-view PiP will appear in the center left position.
CentreRight: The self-view PiP will appear in the center right position.
LowerLeft: The self-view PiP will appear in the lower left corner of the screen.
LowerRight: The self-view PiP will appear in the lower right corner of the screen.
Example:
Video SelfviewDefault PIPPosition: Current
Video SelfviewDefault OnMonitorRole
Determine which monitor/output to display the main video source (self-view) on after a call.
The value reflects the monitor roles set for the different outputs in the Video Output HDMI/DVI/
Composite MonitorRole settings.
The setting applies both when self-view is displayed in full screen, and when it is displayed as picture-in-picture (PiP), but only if the Video Monitors setting is set to Dual.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <First/Second/Current>
First: The self-view picture will be shown on outputs with the Video Output HDMI/DVI/
Composite MonitorRole set to First.
Second: The self-view picture will be shown on outputs with the Video Output HDMI/DVI/
Composite MonitorRole set to Second.
Current: When leaving a call, the self-view picture will be kept on the same output as it was during the call.
Example:
Video SelfviewDefault OnMonitorRole: Current
Video Monitors
Set the monitor layout mode.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Single/Dual/DualPresentationOnly>
Single: The same layout is shown on all monitors.
Dual: The layout is distributed on two monitors.
DualPresentationOnly: All participants in the call will be shown on the first monitor, while the presentation (if any) will be shown on the second monitor.
Example:
Video Monitors: Single
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
126 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video OSD Mode
The OSD (On Screen Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control. Define which icons and information to be displayed on screen.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Hide the on-screen menus, icons and indicators.
On: Display the on-screen menus, icons and indicators.
Example:
Video OSD Mode: On
Video OSD WallpaperSelection
In cases where you want to prevent users from easily changing the wallpaper setting from the Settings menu, the wallpaper setting can be made available from within the Administrator
Settings menu. The administrator settings can be password protected. The OSD (On Screen
Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The wallpaper setting will be available from within the Video settings in the Administrator
Settings.
On: The Wallpaper menu will be available from the Settings menu.
Example:
Video OSD WallpaperSelection: On
Video OSD LanguageSelection
In cases where you want to prevent users from easily changing the language settings from the Settings menu, the language settings can be made available from within the Administrator
Settings menu. The administrator settings can be password protected. The OSD (On Screen
Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The language settings will be available from within the SystemUnit settings in the
Administrator Settings.
On: The Language menu will be available from the Settings menu.
Example:
Video OSD LanguageSelection: On
Video OSD MenuStartupMode
Configure the state of the on-screen menus after a video system / codec boot.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Closed/Home>
Closed: The on-screen menu will NOT expand automatically. This setting is recommended for 3rd party integrations that need full control of what is shown on the OSD.
Home: The on-screen menu will show the home menu expanded.
Example:
Video OSD MenuStartUpMode: Home
Video OSD VirtualKeyboard
Determine whether or not the virtual keyboard will automatically show on screen when text is to be entered in an input field. The OSD (On Screen Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <UserSelectable/AlwaysOn>
UserSelectable: The user has to press a softbutton to open or close the virtual keyboard.
AlwaysOn: The virtual keyboard is automatically shown on screen as long as text can be entered in an input field.
Example:
Video OSD VirtualKeyboard: UserSelectable
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
127 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video OSD EncryptionIndicator
Define for how long the encryption indicator (a padlock) will be shown on screen. The setting applies to both encrypted and non-encrypted calls, i.e. both to secure and non-secure conferences. The icon for encrypted calls is a locked padlock, and the icon for non-encrypted calls is a crossed out locked padlock.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/AlwaysOn/AlwaysOff>
Auto: If the Conference Encryption Mode setting is set to BestEffort and the call is encrypted, the encryption indicator is shown during the first seconds of a call. If the
Conference Encryption Mode setting is set to BestEffort and the call is non-encrypted, the crossed out encryption indicator is shown during the entire call. If the Conference Encryption
Mode setting is NOT set to BestEffort, the encryption indicator is not shown at all.
AlwaysOn: The encryption indicator is displayed on screen during the entire call. This applies to both encrypted and non-encrypted calls for all Conference Encryption Mode settings.
AlwaysOff: The encryption indicator is never displayed on screen. This applies to both encrypted and non-encrypted calls for all Conference Encryption Mode settings.
Example:
Video OSD EncryptionIndicator: Auto
Video OSD MissedCallsNotification
Define if there should be a missed calls notification on screen. The setting only applies when the video system is operated by a remote control and the on-screen menu. When using the
Touch controller the notification dialog box will appear on the Touch controller, and not on the
OSD.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The OSD will NOT show any indication that there have been any missed calls. This setting is recommended for 3rd party integrations that need full control of what is shown on the OSD.
On: The OSD will show a notification of missed calls.
Example:
Video OSD MissedCallsNotifications: On
Video OSD AutoSelectPresentationSource
Determine if the presentation source should be automatically selected.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable automatic selection of the presentation source.
On: Enable automatic selection of the presentation source.
Example:
Video OSD AutoSelectPresentationSource: Off
Video OSD CallSettingsSelection
In cases where you want to prevent users from easily changing the call settings from the
Settings menu, the call settings can be made available from within the Administrator Settings menu. The administrator settings can be password protected. The OSD (On Screen Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The call settings will be available from within the Conference settings in the
Administrator Settings.
On: The Call Settings menu will be available from the Settings menu.
Example:
Video OSD CallSettingsSelection: Off
Video OSD TodaysBookings
This setting can be used to display the system's bookings for today on the main on-screen menu. This requires that the system is bookable by an external booking system, like for example the Cisco TelePresence Management Suite (TMS).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Do not display todays bookings.
On: Displays information about this systems bookings on screen.
Example:
Video OSD TodaysBookings: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
128 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video OSD MyContactsExpanded
Set how the local contacts will be displayed in the phone book dialog on screen. The OSD (On
Screen Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: The local contacts will be placed in a separate folder called MyContacts in the phonebook dialog.
On: The local contacts in the phone book will be shown in the top level of the phonebook dialog.
Example:
Video OSD MyContactsExpanded: Off
Video OSD Output
Define on which monitor the on-screen menus, information and icons should be displayed. The
OSD (On Screen Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/1/2>
Auto: The system will detect when a monitor is connected to the video output, and send the
OSD to the first monitor you connect. If you have a multi-monitor setup, and all monitors are connected before switching on the system, the OSD will be sent to the video output with the lowest numbering, starting on Video OSD Output 1. If the OSD does not show on the desired monitor, disconnect all monitors and reconnect the monitors.
Range 1-2: If you want the OSD to be sent to one specific output, select 1 for HDMI 1 output, or select 2 for DVI-I 2 output. Make sure you connect a monitor to the corresponding video output connector.
Example:
Video OSD Output: Auto
Video OSD InputMethod InputLanguage
The codec can be enabled for Cyrillic input characters in the menus on screen. Requires that
Video OSD InputMethod Cyrillic is set to On.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Latin/Cyrillic>
Latin: Latin characters can be entered when using the remote control (default).
Cyrillic: Cyrillic characters can be entered using the remote control. Requires a Cisco
TelePresence Remote Control with Cyrillic fonts.
Example:
Video OSD InputMethod InputLanguage: Latin
Video OSD InputMethod Cyrillic
Set the Cyrillic mode for the menu input language in the menus on screen.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Cyrillic mode is NOT available as a menu input language in the menus on screen.
On: Cyrillic mode is available as a menu input language in the menus on screen. This will enable the setting Video OSD InputMethod InputLanguage.
Example:
Video OSD InputMethod Cyrillic: Off
Video OSD LoginRequired
Determine if the system should require the user to login before accessing the menus on screen.
If enabled, the user must enter his username and his PIN code. After the user has logged in he can only execute to the configurations changes and commands allowed by his role. The
OSD (On Screen Display) is where you find the menus, dialogs, icons and indicators, and the navigation is done with a remote control.
NOTE: The PIN code must be set before enabling this setting, this is done from a web interface.
Login to the system from a web browser, navigate to Configuration > User Administration, select the user and add the PIN code.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: No login to the menus on screen (OSD) is required.
On: The user must log in to access the menus on screen (OSD).
Example:
Video OSD LoginRequired: Off
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
129 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Output HDMI [1] Location HorizontalOffset
HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset settings are associated with each video output. These settings are used to signal the relative position of the displays that are connected to these outputs.
HorizontalOffset = 0 and VerticalOffset = 0 indicates that the display is positioned in center, both horizontally and vertically. A negative horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is left of center, and a positive horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is right of center. A negative vertical offset indicates that the monitor is below center, and a positive vertical offset indicates that the monitor is above center. The magnitude of the offset indicates how far the display is from center (relative to other displays).
Example: You have two displays side by side, one in center and one to the left. Then the following settings will apply: HorizontalOffset = 0 for the center display, HorizontalOffset = -1 for the left display.
Example: You have two displays, one in center and one below. Then the following settings will apply: VerticalOffset = 0 for the center display, Vertical Offset = -1 for the lower display.
The default values for the different outputs are:
Video Output HDMI [1] Location: HorizontalOffset = -1, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output DVI [2] Location: HorizontalOffset = 0, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output Composite [3] Location: HorizontalOffset = 1, VerticalOffset = 0 (Only for Codec
C60)
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-100..100>
Range: The value must be between -100 and 100.
Example:
Video Output HDMI 1 Location HorizontalOffset: -1
Video Output HDMI [1] Location VerticalOffset
HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset settings are associated with each video output. These settings are used to signal the relative position of the displays that are connected to these outputs.
HorizontalOffset = 0 and VerticalOffset = 0 indicates that the display is positioned in center, both horizontally and vertically. A negative horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is left of center, and a positive horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is right of center. A negative vertical offset indicates that the monitor is below center, and a positive vertical offset indicates that the monitor is above center. The magnitude of the offset indicates how far the display is from center (relative to other displays).
Example: You have two displays side by side, one in center and one to the left. Then the following settings will apply: HorizontalOffset = 0 for the center display, HorizontalOffset = -1 for the left display.
Example: You have two displays, one in center and one below. Then the following settings will apply: VerticalOffset = 0 for the center display, Vertical Offset = -1 for the lower display.
The default values for the different outputs are:
Video Output HDMI [1] Location: HorizontalOffset = -1, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output DVI [2] Location: HorizontalOffset = 0, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output Composite [3] Location: HorizontalOffset = 1, VerticalOffset = 0 (Only for Codec
C60)
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-100..100>
Range: The value must be between -100 and 100.
Example:
Video Output HDMI 1 Location Vertical Offset: 0
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
130 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Output HDMI [1] RGBQuantizationRange
Devices connected to an HDMI output should follow the rules for RGB video quantization range defined in CEA-861. Unfortunately some devices do not follow the standard and this configuration may be used to override the settings to get a perfect image with any display. The default value is set to Full because most HDMI displays expects full quantization range.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Full/Limited>
Auto: RGB quantization range is automatically selected based on the RGB Quantization
Range bits (Q0, Q1) in the AVI infoframe. If no AVI infoframe is available, RGB quantization range is selected based on video format according to CEA-861-E.
Full: Full quantization range. The R, G, B quantization range includes all code values (0 -
255). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Limited: Limited Quantization Range. R, G, B quantization range that excludes some code values at the extremes (16 - 235). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Example:
Video Output HDMI 1 RGBQuantizationRange: Full
Video Output HDMI [1] CEC Mode
The HDMI outputs support Consumer Electronics Control (CEC). When this setting is On (default is Off), the system will use CEC to set the monitor in standby when the system itself enters standby. Likewise the system will wake up the monitor when the system itself wakes up from standby. The monitor connected to the HDMI output must be CEC compatible and CEC must be configured on the monitor for this to happen.
Note that the different manufacturers uses different marketing names for CEC, for example
Anynet+ (Samsung); Aquos Link (Sharp); BRAVIA Sync (Sony); HDMI-CEC (Hitachi); Kuro Link
(Pioneer); CE-Link and Regza Link (Toshiba); RIHD (Onkyo); HDAVI Control, EZ-Sync, VIERA Link
(Panasonic); EasyLink (Philips); and NetCommand for HDMI (Mitsubishi).
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Off/On>
Off: Disable CEC control.
On: Enable CEC control.
Example:
Video Output HDMI 1 CEC Mode: Off
Video Output HDMI [1] MonitorRole
The HDMI monitor role describes which video stream will be shown on the monitor connected to the video output HDMI connector.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/First/Second/PresentationOnly/Recorder>
Auto: The system will detect when a monitor is connected and assign a monitor role to it.
The first monitor connected will be assigned monitor role First. In a multi-monitor setup the next monitor will be assigned monitor role Second.
First/Second: Define the role of the monitor in a multi-monitor setup. In a single-monitor setup, there is no difference between First and Second.
PresentationOnly: Show presentation video stream if active, and nothing else.
Recorder: Show all participants, including the local main video. If active, also show the presentation.
Example:
Video Output HDMI 1 MonitorRole: Auto
Video Output HDMI [1] OverscanLevel
Some monitors may not present the entire image that it receives. This means that the outer parts of the image that is sent out on the systems video output may be cut off when displayed on the monitor.
Use this setting to instruct the video system to not use the outer part of the available frame, i.e. to not use the part that might not be presented on the monitor. Both the video and messages on screen will be scaled in this case.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <None/Medium/High>
None: The system will use all of the output resolution.
Medium: The system will not use the outer 3% of the output resolution.
High: The system will not use the outer 6% of the output resolution.
Example:
Video Output HDMI 1 OverscanLevel: None
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
131 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Video Output HDMI [1] Resolution
Set the resolution and refresh rate for the monitor that is connected to the HDMI output.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/640_480_60/800_600_60/1024_768_60/1280_1024_60/1280_720_50/
1280_720_60/1920_1080_50/1920_1080_60/1280_768_60/1360_768_60/1366_768_60/16
00_1200_60/1680_1050_60/1920_1200_60>
Auto: The system will automatically try to set the optimal resolution based on negotiation with the connected monitor.
640_480_60: The resolution is 640 x 480, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
800_600_60: The resolution is 800 x 600, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1024_768_60: The resolution is 1024 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1280_1024_60: The resolution is 1280 x 1024, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1280_720_50: The resolution is 1280 x 720, and the refresh rate is 50 Hz.
1280_720_60: The resolution is 1280 x 720, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1920_1080_50: The resolution is 1920 x 1080, and the refresh rate is 50 Hz.
1920_1080_60: The resolution is 1920 x 1080, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1280_768_60: The resolution is 1280 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1360_768_60: The resolution is 1360 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1366_768_60: The resolution is 1366 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1600_1200_60: The resolution is 1600 x 1200, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1680_1050_60: The resolution is 1680 x 1050, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1920_1200_60: The resolution is 1920 x 1200, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
Example:
Video Output HDMI 1 Resolution: Auto
Administrator Guide
Appendices Setting passwords
Video Output DVI [2] Location HorizontalOffset
HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset settings are associated with each video output. These settings are used to signal the relative position of the displays that are connected to these outputs.
HorizontalOffset = 0 and VerticalOffset = 0 indicates that the display is positioned in center, both horizontally and vertically. A negative horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is left of center, and a positive horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is right of center. A negative vertical offset indicates that the monitor is below center, and a positive vertical offset indicates that the monitor is above center. The magnitude of the offset indicates how far the display is from center (relative to other displays).
Example: You have two displays side by side, one in center and one to the left. Then the following settings will apply: HorizontalOffset = 0 for the center display, HorizontalOffset = -1 for the left display.
Example: You have two displays, one in center and one below. Then the following settings will apply: VerticalOffset = 0 for the center display, Vertical Offset = -1 for the lower display.
The default values for the different outputs are:
Video Output HDMI [1] Location: HorizontalOffset = -1, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output DVI [2] Location: HorizontalOffset = 0, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output Composite [3] Location: HorizontalOffset = 1, VerticalOffset = 0 (Only for Codec
C60)
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-100..100>
Range: The value must be between -100 and 100.
Example:
Video Output DVI 2 Location HorizontalOffset: 0
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
132 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Output DVI [2] Location VerticalOffset
HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset settings are associated with each video output. These settings are used to signal the relative position of the displays that are connected to these outputs.
HorizontalOffset = 0 and VerticalOffset = 0 indicates that the display is positioned in center, both horizontally and vertically. A negative horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is left of center, and a positive horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is right of center. A negative vertical offset indicates that the monitor is below center, and a positive vertical offset indicates that the monitor is above center. The magnitude of the offset indicates how far the display is from center (relative to other displays).
Example: You have two displays side by side, one in center and one to the left. Then the following settings will apply: HorizontalOffset = 0 for the center display, HorizontalOffset = -1 for the left display.
Example: You have two displays, one in center and one below. Then the following settings will apply: VerticalOffset = 0 for the center display, Vertical Offset = -1 for the lower display.
The default values for the different outputs are:
Video Output HDMI [1] Location: HorizontalOffset = -1, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output DVI [2] Location: HorizontalOffset = 0, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output Composite [3] Location: HorizontalOffset = 1, VerticalOffset = 0 (Only for Codec
C60)
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-100..100>
Range: The value must be between -100 and 100.
Example:
Video Output DVI 2 Location Vertical Offset: 0
Video Output DVI [2] RGBQuantizationRange
Devices connected to a DVI output should follow the rules for RGB video quantization range defined in CEA-861. Unfortunately some devices do not follow the standard and this configuration may be used to override the settings to get a perfect image with any display. The default value is set to Full because most DVI displays expects full quantization range.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/Full/Limited>
Auto: RGB quantization range is automatically selected based on video format according to
CEA-861-E. CE video formats will use limited quantization range levels. IT video formats will use full quantization range levels.
Full: Full quantization range. The R, G, B quantization range includes all code values (0 -
255). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Limited: Limited Quantization Range. R, G, B quantization range that excludes some code values at the extremes (16 - 235). This is defined in CEA-861-E.
Example:
Video Output DVI 2 RGBQuantizationRange: Full
Video Output DVI [2] MonitorRole
The DVI monitor role describes which video stream will be shown on the monitor connected to the video output DVI-I connector.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/First/Second/PresentationOnly/Recorder>
Auto: The system will detect when a monitor is connected and assign a monitor role to it.
The first monitor connected will be assigned monitor role First. In a multi-monitor setup the next monitors will be assigned monitor role Second.
First/Second: Define the role of the monitor in a multi-monitor setup. In a single-monitor setup, there is no difference between First and Second.
PresentationOnly: Show presentation video stream if active, and nothing else.
Recorder: Show all participants, including the local main video. If active, also show the presentation.
Example:
Video Output DVI 2 MonitorRole: Auto
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
133 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Output DVI [2] OverscanLevel
Some monitors may not present the entire image that it receives. This means that the outer parts of the image that is sent out on the systems video output may be cut off when displayed on the monitor.
Use this setting to instruct the video system to not use the outer part of the available frame, i.e. to not use the part that might not be presented on the monitor. Both the video and messages on screen will be scaled in this case.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <None/Medium/High>
None: The system will use all of the output resolution.
Medium: The system will not use the outer 3% of the output resolution.
High: The system will not use the outer 6% of the output resolution.
Example:
Video Output DVI 2 OverscanLevel: None
Video Output DVI [2] Resolution
Set the resolution and refresh rate for the monitor that is connected to the DVI-I output.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/640_480_60/800_600_60/1024_768_60/1280_1024_60/1280_720_50/
1280_720_60/1920_1080_50/1920_1080_60/1280_768_60/1360_768_60/1366_768_60/16
00_1200_60/1680_1050_60/1920_1200_60>
Auto: The system will automatically try to set the optimal resolution based on negotiation with the connected monitor.
640_480_60: The resolution is 640 x 480, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
800_600_60: The resolution is 800 x 600, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1024_768_60: The resolution is 1024 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1280_1024_60: The resolution is 1280 x 1024, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1280_720_50: The resolution is 1280 x 720, and the refresh rate is 50 Hz.
1280_720_60: The resolution is 1280 x 720, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1920_1080_50: The resolution is 1920 x 1080, and the refresh rate is 50 Hz.
1920_1080_60: The resolution is 1920 x 1080, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1280_768_60: The resolution is 1280 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1360_768_60: The resolution is 1360 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1366_768_60: The resolution is 1366 x 768, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1600_1200_60: The resolution is 1600 x 1200, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1680_1050_60: The resolution is 1680 x 1050, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
1920_1200_60: The resolution is 1920 x 1200, and the refresh rate is 60 Hz.
Example:
Video Output DVI 2 Resolution: Auto
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
134 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Output Composite [3] Location HorizontalOffset
NOTE: Applies only to Codec C60.
HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset settings are associated with each video output. These settings are used to signal the relative position of the displays that are connected to these outputs.
HorizontalOffset = 0 and VerticalOffset = 0 indicates that the display is positioned in center, both horizontally and vertically. A negative horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is left of center, and a positive horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is right of center. A negative vertical offset indicates that the monitor is below center, and a positive vertical offset indicates that the monitor is above center. The magnitude of the offset indicates how far the display is from center (relative to other displays).
Example: You have three displays side by side, with the left and right displays at equal distance from center. Then the following settings will apply: HorizontalOffset = 0 for the center display,
HorizontalOffset = -1 for the left display, and HorizontalOffset = 1 for the right display.
Example: You have two displays, one in center and one below. Then the following settings will apply: VerticalOffset = 0 for the center display, Vertical Offset = -1 for the lower display.
The default values for the different outputs are:
Video Output HDMI [1] Location: HorizontalOffset = -1, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output DVI [2] Location: HorizontalOffset = 0, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output Composite [3] Location: HorizontalOffset = 1, VerticalOffset = 0
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-100..100>
Range: The value must be between -100 and 100.
Example:
Video Output Composite 3 Location HorizontalOffset: 1
Setting passwords
Video Output Composite [3] Location VerticalOffset
NOTE: Applies only to Codec C60.
HorizontalOffset and VerticalOffset settings are associated with each video output. These settings are used to signal the relative position of the displays that are connected to these outputs.
HorizontalOffset = 0 and VerticalOffset = 0 indicates that the display is positioned in center, both horizontally and vertically. A negative horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is left of center, and a positive horizontal offset indicates that the monitor is right of center. A negative vertical offset indicates that the monitor is below center, and a positive vertical offset indicates that the monitor is above center. The magnitude of the offset indicates how far the display is from center (relative to other displays).
Example: You have three displays side by side, with the left and right displays at equal distance from center. Then the following settings will apply: HorizontalOffset = 0 for the center display,
HorizontalOffset = -1 for the left display, and HorizontalOffset = 1 for the right display.
Example: You have two displays, one in center and one below. Then the following settings will apply: VerticalOffset = 0 for the center display, Vertical Offset = -1 for the lower display.
The default values for the different outputs are:
Video Output HDMI [1] Location: HorizontalOffset = -1, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output DVI [2] Location: HorizontalOffset = 0, VerticalOffset = 0
Video Output Composite [3] Location: HorizontalOffset = 1, VerticalOffset = 0
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <-100..100>
Range: The value must be between -100 and 100.
Example:
Video Output Composite 3 Location Vertical Offset: 0
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
135 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Video Output Composite [3] MonitorRole
NOTE: Applies only to Codec C60.
The Composite monitor role describes which video stream will be shown on the monitor connected to the video output Composite connector.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <Auto/First/Second/PresentationOnly/Recorder>
Auto: The system will detect when a monitor is connected and assign a monitor role to it.
The first monitor connected will be assigned monitor role First. In a multi-monitor setup the next monitors will be assigned monitor role Second.
First/Second: Define the role of the monitor in a multi-monitor setup. In a single-monitor setup, there is no difference between First and Second.
PresentationOnly: Show presentation video stream if active, and nothing else.
Recorder: Show all participants, including the local main video. If active, also show the presentation.
Example:
Video Output Composite 3 MonitorRole: Auto
Video Output Composite [3] OverscanLevel
NOTE: Applies only to Codec C60
Some monitors may not present the entire image that it receives. This means that the outer parts of the image that is sent out on the systems video output may be cut off when displayed on the monitor.
Use this setting to instruct the video system to not use the outer part of the available frame, i.e. to not use the part that might not be presented on the monitor. Both the video and messages on screen will be scaled in this case.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <None/Medium/High>
None: The system will use all of the output resolution.
Medium: The system will not use the outer 3% of the output resolution.
High: The system will not use the outer 6% of the output resolution.
Example:
Video Output Composite 3 OverscanLevel: None
Video Output Composite [3] Resolution
NOTE: Applies only to Codec C60
Select the preferred resolution for the monitor connected to the video output Composite connector. This will force the resolution on the monitor.
Requires user role: ADMIN
Value space: <PAL/NTSC>
Range: PAL, NTSC
Example:
Video Output Composite 3 Resolution: NTSC
Video WallPaper
Select a background image (wallpaper) for the video screen when idle.
You may upload a custom wallpaper to the video system using the web interface. The following file formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, PNG. The maximum file size is 2 MByte.
Requires user role: USER
Value space: <None/Custom/Growing/Summersky/Waves/Blue>
None: There is no background image on the screen, i.e. the background is black.
Custom: Use the custom wallpaper as background image on the screen. If no custom wallpaper is uploaded to the system, the setting will revert to the default value.
Growing, Summersky, Waves, Blue: The chosen background image is shown on the screen.
Example:
Video Wallpaper: Summersky
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
136 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Experimental settings
The Experimental settings are for testing only and should not be used unless agreed with Cisco.
These settings are not documented and WILL change in later releases.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
137 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Chapter 4
Setting passwords
www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
138
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Setting the system password
The system password protects the video system. You have to sign in to be able to use the web and command line interfaces, and to get access to the Administrator settings from a Touch 8 control panel.
The admin user
The video system is delivered with a default user account with full credentials. The user name is admin , and initially, no password is set for the default user.
It is mandatory to set a password for the admin user in order to restrict access to system configuration.
Also set a password for any other user with similar credentials.
Make sure to keep a copy of the password in a safe place. You have to factory reset the unit if you have forgotten the password.
A warning, saying that the system password is not set, is shown on screen until a password is set for the admin user.
About access to administrator settings when using a remote control and the on-screen menu
Note that the on-screen Administrator Settings menu that is available when using a remote control, is NOT protected by the system password; you have to set a menu password (see next page).
Other user accounts
You can create as many user accounts as you like for your video system.
You can read more about how to create and manage user
accounts in the ► User administration
section.
Changing your own system password
Perform the following steps to change the system password.
If a password is currently not set, use a blank Current password ; to remove a password, leave the New password fields blank.
1. Sign in to the web interface with your user name and current password.
2. Click your user name in the upper right corner and choose Change password in the drop down menu.
3. Enter the Current password , the New password , and repeat the new password in the appropriate input fields.
The password format is a string with 0–64 characters.
4. Click Change password .
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Changing another user’s system password
If you have administrator access rights, you can change all users’ passwords by performing the following steps:
1. Sign in to the web interface with your user name and password.
2. Go to the Configuration tab and select User
Administration .
3. Choose the appropriate user from the list.
4. Enter a new password and PIN code.
5. Click Save .
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
139
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Administrator Guide
Appendices
Setting the menu password
The menu password protects the Administrator Settings menu that is available on-screen when using the remote control.
When starting up the video conference system for the first time anyone can access these settings, because the menu password is not set.
We strongly recommend that you set a menu password, because the administrator settings may severely affect the behavior of the system.
Note that the menu password, as from software version
TC7.0, applies only to the on-screen Administrator Settings menu; it does not apply to the Administrator menu on the
Touch 8 controller.
Setting the menu password from the web interface
1. Sign in to the web interface with your user name and current password.
2. Go to Configuration > System Configuration .
3. Click Set/Change Administrator Settings menu password to open the menu password dialog.
4. Enter the password in the input field.
5. Click Save to set/change the password.
Use the remote control and on-screen menu, or the
Touch controller to find the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6).
Remote control and on-screen menu: Navigate to
Home > Settings > System information .
Touch controller: Tap the upper, left corner of the
Touch controller to open the drop down window. Then tap Settings > System Information .
Setting the menu password using the remote control
1. In the on screen menu, go to Home > Settings >
Administrator settings > Set menu password .
The password should be a string with 0–255 characters.
To deactivate the password leave the password input field empty.
2. Enter the menu password in the input field. The password you enter is hidden; each character is replaced with a star
(*).
On the remote control, press the # key to toggle between lower or upper case characters and numbers: abc/
ABC/123.
3. Select Save to save the changes, or Cancel to leave without saving.
4. Press Home ( ) to exit.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
140 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
141 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Cisco VCS provisioning
When using Cisco VCS (Video Communication Server) provisioning, a template containing all the settings that can be provisioned must be uploaded to Cisco TMS (TelePresence
Management System). This is called the Cisco TMS provisioning configuration template .
All the system settings for your video system are included in this template. All settings except SystemUnit Name and SIP
Profile [1..1] URI can be automatically provisioned to the video system.
The settings are described in the
chapter in this guide. Examples showing either the default value or an example value are included.
Downloading the provisioning configuration template
You can download the templates for the Profile series here:
► http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/collaborationendpoints/telepresence-profile-series/products-releasenotes-list.html
You can download the templates for the C series here:
► http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/support/collaborationendpoints/telepresence-integrator-c-series/productsrelease-notes-list.html
For each software release there is one provisioning configuration template (XML file) for each video system model. Take care to use the correct file.
Read the Cisco TMS Provisioning Deployment Guide to find how to upload the file to Cisco TMS, and how to set the desired values for the parameters to be provisioned. If not set by Cisco TMS, the default values will be used.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
142 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
About monitors when you have a
Codec C60
Connecting the main monitor
The main monitor can be connected to video output HDMI 1
(the default connector for the main monitor) or DVI-I 2.
The codec will read the native resolution of the monitor and output this if possible. Typically this will give the best possible picture for the connected monitor. If auto fails, you will have to select the resolution manually using the Video > Output >
HDMI 1 > Resolution and Video > Output > DVI 2 > Resolution settings.
Connecting to HDMI 1
When connecting the main monitor to HDMI 1 the menu, icons and other information on screen (OSD - on screen display) will be displayed on the monitor automatically. This is because HDMI 1 is the default video output of the codec.
Connecting to DVI-I 2
When connecting the main monitor to the DVI–I 2 output, the menus, icons and other information are not automatically displayed on screen. You must move the OSD to the chosen output.
The video outputs of Codec C60
DVI-I 2
HDMI 1 (the default connector for the main monitor)
Moving the OSD
You can move the OSD using the remote control or the web interface.
Remote control
Check which connector the main monitor is connected to, and run the following key sequence on the remote control.
• Disconnect * # * # 0 x # x=1 (HDMI 1) x=2 (DVI–I 2)
Example: Setting DVI-I 2 as the OSD output.
– * – # – * – # – 0 – 2 – #
Web interface
Open the System Configuration page. Go to
Video > OSD > Output and choose the video output connector for the main monitor.
Dual monitors
When you want to run a dual monitor setup, connect the main monitor to video output HDMI 1 and the second monitor to video output DVI-I 2 on the codec.
Dual monitor configuration
To distribute the layout on the two monitors, go to
Advanced configuration (menu on screen) or open the
System Configuration page (web interface). Then go to
Video > Monitors and choose Dual .
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
143
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
About monitors when you have a
Codec C40
Connecting the main monitor
The main monitor can be connected to video output HDMI 1
(the default connector for the main monitor) or DVI-I 2.
The codec will read the native resolution of the monitor and output this if possible. Typically this will give the best possible picture for the connected monitor. If auto fails, you will have to select the resolution manually using the Video > Output >
HDMI 1 > Resolution and Video > Output > DVI 2 > Resolution settings.
Connecting to HDMI 1
When connecting the main monitor to HDMI 1 the menu, icons and other information on screen (OSD - on screen display) will be displayed on the monitor automatically. This is because HDMI 1 is the default video output of the codec.
Connecting to DVI-I 2
When connecting the main monitor to the DVI–I 2 output, the menus, icons and other information are not automatically displayed on screen. You must move the OSD to the chosen output.
The video outputs of Codec C40
DVI-I 2
HDMI 1 (the default connector for the main monitor)
Moving the OSD
You can move the OSD using the remote control or the web interface.
Remote control
Check which connector the main monitor is connected to, and run the following key sequence on the remote control.
• Disconnect * # * # 0 x # x=1 (HDMI 1) x=2 (DVI–I 2)
Example: Setting DVI-I 2 as the OSD output.
– * – # – * – # – 0 – 2 – #
Web interface
Open the System Configuration page. Go to
Video > OSD > Output and choose the video output connector for the main monitor.
Dual monitors
When you want to run a dual monitor setup, connect the main monitor to video output HDMI 1 and the second monitor to video output DVI-I 2 on the codec.
Dual monitor configuration
To distribute the layout on the two monitors, go to
Advanced configuration (menu on screen) or open the
System Configuration page (web interface). Then go to
Video > Monitors and choose Dual .
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
144
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Connecting the Touch 8 controller
The Cisco TelePresence Touch 8 controller is an alternative to the remote control and on screen menus.
When a Touch controller is connected to the codec, the remote control cannot be used. You have to disconnect
(unpair) the Touch controller in order to to use the remote control.
Touch 8 can can be used with a C Series codec running software version TC4.1 or later.
System settings
Power adapter
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Option A: To LAN socket (Ethernet) 1
Option B: To codec 2 nd Ethernet port
To power socket
Connecting the Touch controller
There are two options how to connect the Touch controller to the codec. In both cases the connection is via the provided power adapter, as illustrated above.
A. Connect the Touch controller to the codec via LAN.
To enable this mode of operation make sure that the
NetworkServices > SSH > Mode 2 setting is turned On .
The process of associating the Touch controller to the codec is called paring. The codec is signalling that it is available for pairing for 30 minutes after it is switched on.
We recommend that the Touch controller and video system is kept on the same subnet.
B. Connect the Touch controller directly to the codec’s second Ethernet port.
Codec address
Touch controller set-up
Once the Touch controller is connected to power, the set-up procedure begins. Follow the instructions on screen.
If you have connected the unit to the codec via LAN, you have to choose which codec to pair with. If the codec is not in the list of available codecs displayed on the Touch controller, you can choose a codec manually by entering its IP address.
If the Touch controller needs software upgrade, new software will be downloaded from the codec and installed on the unit automatically as part of the set-up procedure. The Touch controller restarts after the upgrade.
You can verify that the Touch controller is successfully paired to the codec by checking that the codec address is displayed in the top banner.
If you want more details on Touch installation, please read the
Cisco TelePresence Touch 8 inch Installation Guide , which is available on the Cisco web site.
1 Power over Ethernet (PoE) must be disabled on the Ethernet switch, because the inline power adapter does not support PoE input from the
Ethernet switch.
2 You will find this setting in the Advanced Configuration on-screen menu (remote control) or in the System Configuration page on the web interface.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
145 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Connecting the SpeakerTrack 60 camera to Codec C60
Cisco TelePresence SpeakerTrack 60 should be used only when you control the codec with a Touch 8 user interface, or with an external control device using the
API. SpeakerTrack 60 cannot be used with the TRC5 remote control.
System settings
Use camera inputs 1 and 2 for HDMI.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Use Ethernet port 2.
*
Cisco TelePresence SpeakerTrack 60 uses two cameras working together with a built-in microphone array. The system can track and show the person speaking automatically.
Connecting the camera
Connect the camera to the codec as illustrated to the right.
Refer to the installation guide that comes with SpeakerTrack
60 for information about camera assembly and cabling.
Configuration
Use the Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode setting to enable
( Auto) or disable ( Off) the speaker tracking functionality.
If set to Off speaker tracking cannot be used; if set to Auto you can use the user interface (Touch 8) to switch the speaker tracking on or off at any time.
Tracking mode
If you want the tracking algorithm to react faster to detected changes, you should change the Cameras SpeakerTrack
TrackingMode from Default to Fast .
Then the camera view will change to a new speaker faster.
Power adapter
Power
(100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz)
Always use the provided power cable and adapter (12 V
DC
, minimum 6.5 A).
The camera surface may be hot when the camera is in operation.
* You may have more than one device that must be connected to Ethernet port 2 on the codec. If so, insert a network switch between these devices and Ethernet port 2.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
146 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Connecting the SpeakerTrack 60 camera to Codec C40
Cisco TelePresence SpeakerTrack 60 should be used only when you control the codec with a Touch 8 user interface, or with an external control device using the
API. SpeakerTrack 60 cannot be used with the TRC5 remote control.
System settings
Use camera inputs 1 and 2 for HDMI.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Use Ethernet port 2.
*
Cisco TelePresence SpeakerTrack 60 uses two cameras working together with a built-in microphone array. The system can track and show the person speaking automatically.
Connecting the camera
Connect the camera to the codec as illustrated to the right.
Refer to the installation guide that comes with SpeakerTrack
60 for information about camera assembly and cabling.
Configuration
Use the Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode setting to enable
( Auto) or disable ( Off) the speaker tracking functionality.
If set to Off speaker tracking cannot be used; if set to Auto you can use the user interface (Touch 8) to switch the speaker tracking on or off at any time.
Tracking mode
If you want the tracking algorithm to react faster to detected changes, you should change the Cameras SpeakerTrack
TrackingMode from Default to Fast .
Then the camera view will change to a new speaker faster.
Power adapter
Power
(100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz)
Always use the provided power cable and adapter (12 V
DC
, minimum 6.5 A).
The camera surface may be hot when the camera is in operation.
* You may have more than one device that must be connected to Ethernet port 2 on the codec. If so, insert a network switch between these devices and Ethernet port 2.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
147 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Advanced customization of video and audio
The codec supports full customization of the audio routing and video layouts/templates allowing support for advanced meeting room setups and integrations.
The TC Console application, which is a free software tool that runs on PC/Mac, provides a graphical interface to the advanced customizable features of the codec. TC Console includes the following modules:
Video compositor
• Modify the default video compositing behavior of the codec
• Add new layouts
• Change the automatically chosen layout
• Control what video sources are shown where and when
Audio console
• Configure the audio system of the codec.
• Change the default mixing, routing and equalizers
• Set various input and output connector properties
GPIO
• Change the behavior of the GPIO, i.e. what the codec should do when pins go high/low
For more details about the functionality, see the user guide included in the TC Console application itself or download the TC Console user guide from
► http://www.cisco.com/go/cseries-docs
How to obtain the TC Console application
Download the TC Console application for free from the Cisco Developer Network (CDN) web site. Go to:
► http://developer.cisco.com/web/telepresence-developer
Video compositor
System settings
GPIO
Setting passwords
Audio console
Administrator Guide
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
148
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Optimal definition profiles
Under ideal lighting conditions the bandwidth (call rate) requirements can be substantially reduced.
The optimal definition profile should reflect the lighting conditions in your room and the quality of the video input
(camera); the better the lighting conditions and video input, the higher the profile. Then, in good lighting conditions, the video encoder will provide better quality (higher resolution or frame rate) for a given call rate.
In general, we recommend the optimal definition profile set to Normal. However, if lighting conditions are good we recommend that you test the endpoint on the various Optimal
Definition Profile settings before deciding on a profile.
Go to System Configuration on the web interface and navigate to Video > Input > Source [1..n] > OptimalDefinition >
Profile to choose the preferred optimal definition profile.
You can set a resolution threshold to determine when to allow sending video at 60 fps. For all resolutions lower than this threshold, the maximum transmitted frame rate will be 30 fps; for higher resolutions, 60 fps will be possible if the available bandwidth is adequate.
Go to System Configuration on the web interface and navigate to Video > Input > Source [1..n] > OptimalDefinition >
Threshold60fps to set the threshold.
The video input quality settings must be set to Motion for the optimal definition settings to take any effect. With the video input quality set to Sharpness, the endpoint will transmit the highest resolution possible, regardless of frame rate.
Go to System Configuration on the web interface and navigate to Video > Input > Source [1..n] > Quality to set the video quality parameter to Motion.
You can read more about the video settings in the
chapter.
High
Typically used in dedicated video conferencing rooms. Requires very good lighting conditions and a good quality video input to achieve a good overall experience.
Under ideal conditions the bandwidth requirements can be reduced by up to
50% compared to Normal.
Medium
Typically used in rooms with good and stable lighting conditions and a good quality video input.
The bandwidth requirements can be reduced by up to 25% compared to
Normal.
Normal
This setting is typically used in office environments where the room is normally to poorly lit.
Typical resolutions used for different optimal definition profiles, call rates and frame rates
Frame rate
Optimal
Definition
Profile
Call rate
30 fps
Normal
Medium
256 kbps 768 kbps 1152 kbps 1472 kbps 2560 kbps 4 Mbps
512 × 288
640 × 360
6 Mbps
1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080
1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080
High
Normal
Medium
768 × 448 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080 1920 × 1080
256 × 144 512 × 288 768 × 448 1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 *
256 × 144 768 × 448 1024 × 576 1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 * 1280 × 720 * 60 fps
High 512 × 288 1024 × 576 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 1280 × 720 * 1280 × 720 * 1280 × 720
* The resolution will be 1920 × 1080 for 1080p60 capable C60 codecs (main board rev F and later).
*
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
149
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
ClearPath — Packet loss resilience
ClearPath introduces advanced packet loss resilience mechanisms that increase the experienced quality when you use your video system in an error prone environment.
We recommend that you keep ClearPath enabled on your video system.
Go to Advanced configuration (menu on screen) or open the
System Configuration page (web interface):
• Navigate to Conference 1 > PacketLossResilience > Mode
Choose Off to disable ClearPath and On to enable
ClearPath.
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
150 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Requirement for speaker systems connected to a Cisco
TelePresence C Series codec
Cisco has put in a lot of effort to minimize the camera to screen delay on our TelePresence endpoints.
New consumer TVs are usually equipped with “Motion Flow” or similar technology to insert new video frames between standard frames to create smoother images. This processing takes time and to maintain lip synchronization, the TV will delay the audio so that the audio and video arrives at the same time.
The echo canceller in the Cisco endpoints can handle such delay up to 30 ms. Many consumer TVs are not made for real time video communication and may introduce more than
30 ms of delay.
If you use such a TV together with a C Series codec it is recommended that you turn off “Motion Flow”, “Natural
Motion” or any other video processing that introduces additional delay.
Some consumer TVs also support advanced audio processing like “Virtual Surround” effects and “Dynamic
Compression” to improve the TV experience. Such processing will make any acoustic echo canceller malfunction and should hence be switched off.
Some monitors are equipped with a setting called ‘Game
Mode’. This mode is specifically designed to help reduce the response time and will usually help to reduce the delay.
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
151 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
DNAM for
Profile 42”/52”/55”
The DNAM (Digital Natural Audio Module) is built on two specially designed and separate modules: the amplifier and the loudspeaker cabinet.
DNAM loudspeaker
The DNAM loudspeaker
3-way center loudspeaker system
• Frequency range 50 Hz - 20 kHz
• 2 × 100 mm low- and midrange loudspeaker 8 ohm nominal, excellent quality (SEAS Prestige series)
• 1 × 25 mm dome tweeter, 6 ohm nominal, excellent quality
• Digitally filtered audio signals received from DNAM amplifier
• Long time max power 70 watt on all loudspeakers
• Enclosed MDF loudspeaker cabinet
Integrated stereo loudspeaker
Each side has:
• 1 × 90 mm fullrange loudspeaker, 8 ohm nominal, excellent quality
• Frequency range 70 Hz - 20 kHz
• Enclosed MDF loudspeaker cabinet
DNAM amplifier
Loudspeaker Out
(D-SUB)
Audio In
(RCA)
Audio Loop Out
(RCA)
Power socket
Fuse
System settings
Audio Stereo Out (XLR)
Audio Differential In (XLR)
Setting passwords
Some DNAM amplifier models are delivered without XLR connectors, and with a different RCA connector placement.
Administrator Guide
The DNAM amplifier
• 5 × 50 watt continuous average output power
• Full frequency range for audio
(20 Hz – 20 kHz)
• Digital signal processing and filtering on all channels for best audio detail clarity
• Digital crossover filtering on center channels
• In/out:
Audio In : SPDIF (stereo) or Analog (mono) using the same connector
Audio Loop Out : line out directly from the input; always analog even with SPDIF in
Audio Differential In : female XLR, pinout:
1 - GND, 2 – Signal (+), 3 – Signal (-)
Audio Stereo Out : male XLR, common
GND configuration
Loudspeaker Out : female D-SUB 15-pin
• Fuse 2 A 250 V slow, 5 × 20 mm, Littelfuse type 215002.
Always use this type of fuse. Using a different type may lead to serious hardware malfunction.
Spare fuses
The Profile system is delivered with two spare
DNAM fuses in the column.
Take care not to damage the fuse and fuse holder when replacing a fuse.
• Push the fuse holder slightly inwards and turn counter-clockwise to release the fuse.
• When reinserting the fuse and fuse holder, push slightly inwards and turn the holder carefully clockwise until it locks in place.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
152
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
DNAM for Profile 65”
The DNAM (Digital Natural Audio Module) is built on two specially designed and separate modules: the amplifier and the loudspeaker cabinet.
The DNAM loudspeaker
3-way center loudspeaker system
• Frequency range 50 Hz - 20 kHz
• 2 × 100 mm low- and midrange loudspeakers, 8 ohm nominal, reference quality (SEAS Excel series)
• 1 × 25 mm dome tweeter, 6 ohm nominal, excellent quality
• Digitally filtered audio signals received from DNAM amplifier
• Long time max power 70 watt on all loudspeakers
• Enclosed MDF loudspeaker cabinet
2-way integrated stereo loudspeaker
Each side has:
• 1 × 100 mm low- and midrange loudspeaker, 8 ohm nominal, reference quality (SEAS Excel series)
• 1 × 25 mm dome tweeter, 6 ohm nominal, excellent quality
• Passive crossover filter
• Frequency range 70 Hz - 20 kHz
• Long time max power 70 watt
• Enclosed MDF loudspeaker cabinet
DNAM loudspeaker
DNAM amplifier
Audio In (RCA)
Audio Loop Out (RCA)
Audio Differential In (XLR)
Audio Stereo Out (XLR)
System settings
Loudspeaker Out
(D-SUB)
Power socket
Fuse
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
The DNAM amplifier
• 5 × 50 watt continuous average output power
• Full frequency range for audio
(20 Hz – 20 kHz)
• Digital signal processing and filtering on all channels for best audio detail clarity
• Digital crossover filtering on center channels
• In/out:
Audio In : SPDIF (stereo) or Analog (mono) using the same connector
Audio Loop Out : line out directly from the input; always analog even with SPDIF in
Audio Differential In : female XLR, pinout:
1 - GND, 2 – Signal (+), 3 – Signal (-)
Audio Stereo Out: male XLR, common
GND configuration
Loudspeaker Out : female D-SUB 15-pin
• Fuse 2 A 250 V slow, 5 × 20 mm, Littelfuse type 215002
Always use this type of fuse. Using a different type may lead to serious hardware malfunction.
Spare fuses
The Profile system is delivered with two spare
DNAM fuses in the column.
Take care not to damage the fuse and fuse holder when replacing a fuse.
• Push the fuse holder slightly inwards and turn counter-clockwise to release the fuse.
• When reinserting the fuse and fuse holder, push slightly inwards and turn the holder carefully clockwise until it locks in place.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
153
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Factory resetting the codec
It is not possible to undo a factory reset.
You should always backup the log files and the current configuration before you factory reset a system.
Open the web interface, sign in, and follow these steps:
• Navigate to Maintenance > System Recovery and choose the Backup tab.
• Click Download Logs and Download Configuration
Backup and follow the instructions to save the files on your computer.
If there is a severe problem with the video system, resetting it to its default factory settings should be the last resort.
Always consider reverting to the previously used software version before performing a factory reset. In many situations this will recover the system. Note that both the current and the previous software images reside on the system. Read about software swapping in the
► Reverting to the previously used software version
section.
We recommend that you use either a Touch controller or the web interface to factory reset the system. If these interfaces are not available, you can connect to the system’s standard serial interface and issue a factory reset command.
The remote control and on-screen menu do not give access to factory reset.
When factory resetting the video system the following happens:
• The call logs will be deleted.
• Passwords will be reset to default.
• All system parameters will be reset to default values.
• All files that have been uploaded to the system will be deleted. This includes, but is not limited to, custom backgrounds, certificates, and the favorites list (My contacts).
• The previous (inactive) software image will be deleted.
• Release keys and option keys will not be affected.
The system restarts automatically after the reset. It is using the same software image as before.
User interface: Touch
1. Tap gently on the Touch screen if the unit is in sleep mode.
2. Open the Settings * menu and navigate to Administrator >
Reset. You have to log in with an administrator user name and password to access the Administrator menu.
3. Tap the Factory Reset button.
The system reverts to the default factory settings and restarts automatically. This will take a few minutes.
The system confirms the factory reset by displaying a notification on the main screen when up and running again. The notification disappears after approximately
10 seconds.
User interface: Web
Open the Settings * menu and tap System Information on the Touch controller, or navigate to Home >
Settings > System information using the remote control, to find the system’s IP address (IPv4 or IPv6).
1. Open a web browser and enter the IP address of the video system in the address bar.
2. Navigate to Maintenance > System Recovery and choose the Factory Reset tab.
3. Read the provided information carefully before you click
Perform a factory reset...
.
4. Click the red Yes button to confirm that you want to perform a factory reset.
The system reverts to the default factory settings and restarts automatically. This will take a few minutes.
The system confirms the factory reset by displaying a notification on the main screen when up and running again. The notification disappears after approximately
10 seconds.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Using the serial interface
You have to connect to the video system’s COM port with a serial cable. The serial port is enabled as a default, but it may have been disabled.
The connection parameters for the COM port are as follows:
• Data bits: 8
• Parity: None
• Stop bits: 1
• Flow control: None
• Baud rate: The default value is 38400 bps, but it may have been changed
You can read more about the system’s serial port settings in
the ► System settings chapter.
1. Login as admin (administrator rights).
2. Issue the following command:
xCommand SystemUnit FactoryReset Confirm: Yes
You will see the following text:
*r FactoryResetResult:
**end
OK
The system will revert to the default factory settings and automatically restart. This will take a few minutes.
The system confirms the factory reset by displaying a notification on the main screen when up and running again. The notification disappears after approximately
10 seconds.
* The Settings menu can be accessed from the drop down window that appears when you tap the contact information in the upper, left corner of the Touch controller.
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
154
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Factory resetting the Touch 8 control panel
You can reset the Touch 8 control panel to its default factory settings using the New message indicator and the Mute button.
When factory resetting Touch 8 the logs are cleared, and the configuration and pairing information are lost.
Touch 8 restarts after the reset and must receive a new configuration from the video system.
• If Touch 8 is directly connected to the video system it receives the configuration automatically.
• If it is connected via LAN it receives the new configuration as soon as it is successfully paired to the video system.
It is not possible to undo a factory reset.
System settings
1. Locate the New message indicator and Mute buttons.
The New message indicator is a bit hard to see, but it is the button with the exclamation mark on it.
Mute button
New message indicator
2. Press and hold the New message indicator until it lights up (approximately 10 seconds).
3. Press the Mute button twice.
The Touch controller automatically reverts to the default factory settings and restarts.
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
155 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
Technical specifications
Codec C60/C40
UNIT DELIVERED COMPLETE WITH:
• Video conferencing codec, wireless remote control, rack mounting rails (C60), rack mounting ears (C40),
LAN cable, power cable
BANDWIDTH
• H.323/SIP up to 6 Mbps point-to-point
FIREWALL TRAVERSAL
• Cisco TelePresence Expressway technology
• H.460.18, H.460.19 firewall traversal
• SIP ICE (Interactive Connectivity Establishment)
VIDEO STANDARDS
• H.261
• H.263
• H.263+
• H.264
VIDEO FEATURES
• Native 16:9 widescreen
• Advanced screen layouts
• Intelligent video management
• Local auto layout
• 7 embedded individual video compositors — 1 for every output and 1 for every encoder (C60 only) **
VIDEO INPUTS (5 INPUTS (C60) / 4 INPUTS (C40))
Two HDMI inputs; supported formats:
• 1920 × 1080@60, 59.94 Hz (1080p60)
• 1920 × 1080@50 Hz (1080p50)
• 1920 × 1080@30, 29.97 Hz (1080p30)
• 1920 × 1080@25 Hz (1080p25)
• 1920 × 1080@24, 23.97 Hz (1080p24)
• 1280 × 720@60, 59.94 Hz (720p60)
• 1280 × 720@50 Hz (720p50)
• 720 × 480@60, 59.94 Hz (480p60)
• 640 × 480@60 Hz (480p60)
• 1600 × 1200@50, 60 Hz (UXGA)
• 1280 × 1024@60, 75 Hz (SXGA)
• 1024 × 768@60, 70, 75, 85 Hz (XGA)
• 800 × 600@56, 60, 72, 75, 85 Hz (SVGA)
• 1920 × 1200@50, 60 Hz (WUXGA)
• 1680 × 1050@60 Hz (WSXGA+)
• 1440 × 900@60 Hz (WXGA+)
• 1280 × 768@60 Hz (WXGA)
Two (C60), one (C40) × DVI-I inputs; supported formats:
Analog (VGA):
• 1920 × 1080@60 Hz (1080p60)
• 1280 × 720@60 Hz (720p60)
• 1600 × 1200@60 Hz (UXGA)
• 1280 × 1024@60, 75 Hz (SXGA)
• 1280 × 960@60 Hz
• 1024 × 768@60, 70, 75, 85 Hz (XGA)
• 1920 × 1200@50 Hz (WUXGA)
• 1680 × 1050@60 Hz (WSXGA+)
• 1440 × 900@60 Hz (WXGA+)
• 1280 × 800@60 Hz (WXGA)
• 1280 × 768@60 Hz (WXGA)
Analog (YPbPr):
• 1920 × 1080@60 Hz (1080p60)
• 1920 × 1080@50 Hz (1080p50)
• 1920 × 1080@30 Hz (1080p30)
• 1920 × 1080@25 Hz (1080p25)
• 1280 × 720@60 Hz (720p60)
• 1280 × 720@50 Hz (720p50)
• 1280 × 720@30 Hz (720p30)
• 720 × 576@50 Hz (576p50)
• 720 × 480@60 Hz (480p60)
Digital (DVI-D):
• Same as HDMI, ref. above.
One S-video/Composite input (BNC connector):
• PAL/NTSC
• Extended Display Identification Data (EDID)
VIDEO OUTPUTS (3 OUTPUTS (C60) /
2 OUTPUTS (C40))
One HDMI output, one DVI-I output; supported formats:
• 1920 × 1080@60 Hz (1080p60)
• 1280 × 720@60 Hz (720p60)
• 1600 × 1200@60 Hz (UXGA)
• 1280 × 1024@60 Hz (SXGA)
• 1024 × 768@60 Hz (XGA)
• 800 × 600@60 Hz (SVGA)
• 640 × 480@60 Hz (VGA)
• 1920 × 1200@60Hz (WUXGA)
• 1360 × 768@60 Hz
• 1366 × 768@60 Hz
• 1280 × 768@60 Hz (WXGA)
One composite output (BNC connector) (C60 only):
• PAL/NTSC
• VESA Monitor Power Management
• Extended Display Identification Data (EDID)
LIVE VIDEO RESOLUTIONS (ENCODE/DECODE)
• 176 × 144@30 fps (QCIF)
• 352 × 288@30 fps (CIF)
• 512 × 288@30 fps (w288p)
• 576 × 448@30 fps (448p)
• 768 × 448@30 fps (w448p)
• 704 × 576@30 fps (4CIF)
• 1024 × 576@30 fps (w576p)
• 1280 × 720@30 fps (720p30)
• 1920 × 1080@30 fps (1080p30)*
• 640 × 480@30 fps (VGA)
• 800 × 600@30 fps (SVGA)
• 1024 × 768@30 fps (XGA)
• 1280 × 1024@30 fps (SXGA) (C60 only)
• 1280 × 768@30 fps (WXGA)
• 1440 × 900@30 fps (WXGA+)* (C60 only)
• 1680 × 1050@30 fps (WSXGA+)* (C60 only)
• 1600 × 1200@30 fps (UXGA)* (C60 only)
• 1920 × 1200@25fps (WUXGA)* (C60 only)
• 512 × 288@60 fps (w288p60)*
• 768 × 448@60 fps (w448p60)*
• 1024 × 576@60 fps (w576p60)*
• 1280 × 720@60 fps (720p60)*
• 720p30 from 768kbps
• 720p60 from 1152kbps*
• 1080p30 from 1472 kbps*
* Requires option
** Multiwindow compositing not supported on the dual stream
*** Not supported on 4 x zoom camera
AUDIO STANDARDS
• G.711
• G.722
• G.722.1
• G.728 (only point-to-point)
• G.729AB
• 64 kbps and 128 kbps AAC-LD, mono and stereo
AUDIO FEATURES
• CD quality 20 kHz mono and stereo
• Four (C60) / Two (C40) separate acoustic echo cancellers
• 4-port (C60) / 2-port (C40) audio mixer
• Automatic gain control (AGC)
• Automatic noise reduction
• Active lip synchronization
AUDIO INPUTS (7 INPUTS (C60), 5 INPUTS (C40))
• Four microphones (C60) / two microphones (C40), 48 V phantom powered, XLR connector, each with separate echo cancellers and noise reduction; all microphones can be set for balanced line level
• Two RCA/Phono inputs, line level: Stereo PC input, configurable to two RCA/Phono inputs, line level: Mono auxiliary/DVD input
• One HDMI input, digital: stereo PC/DVD input
AUDIO OUTPUTS (3 OUTPUTS)
• Two RCA/Phono outputs, line level, stereo main audio, configurable to S/PDIF or two RCA/Phono outputs, line level, mono to recording device
• One HDMI output, digital, stereo main audio
DUAL STREAM
• H.239 (H.323) dual stream
• BFCP (SIP) dual stream
• Support for resolutions up to 1080p30/WUXGA
(C60) / WXGAp30 (C40), independent of main stream resolution
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
156
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Administrator Guide
Setting passwords
MULTIPOINT SUPPORT
• Four-way embedded SIP/H.323 MultiPoint, reference
MultiSite
• Cisco TelePresence Multiway support (requires Cisco
TelePresence Video Communication Server [Cisco VCS] and Cisco TelePresence MCU)
• Ability to natively join multipoint conferences hosted on
Cisco Telepresence Multipoint Switch (CTMS)
MULTISITE FEATURES*
(embedeed multipoint)
• Four-way SIP/H.323 MultiSite. Resolution up to 720p30
(C60) / w576p30 (C40)
• Full individual audio and video transcoding
• Individual layouts in multisite continuous presence
(takes out selfview)
• H.323/SIP/VoIP in the same conference
• Support for Presentation (H.239/BFCP) from any participant at resolutions up to WXGAp30 (C60) /
WXGAp30 (C40)
• Best Impression (automatic continuous presence layouts)
• H.264, encryption, and dual stream from any site
• Dial in and dial out
• Additional telephone call (no license required)
• Conference rates up to 10 Mbps
PROTOCOLS
• H.323
• SIP
• ISDN (requires Cisco TelePresence ISDN Link)
EMBEDDED ENCRYPTION
• H.323/SIP point-to-point
• Standards-based: H.235 v3 and Advanced Encryption
Standard (AES)
• Automatic key generation and exchange
• Supported in Dual Stream
IP NETWORK FEATURES
• DNS lookup for service configuration
• Differentiated Services (QoS)
• IP adaptive bandwidth management (including flow control)
• Auto gatekeeper discovery
• Dynamic playout and lip-sync buffering
• H.245 DTMF tones in H.323
• Date and time support via NTP
• Packet loss based downspeeding
• URI Dialing
• TCP/IP
• DHCP
• 802.1x Network authentication
• 802.1Q Virtual LAN
• 802.1p QoS and class of service
• ClearPath
• Medianet: Mediatrace and Metadata
IPV6 NETWORK SUPPORT
• Single call stack support for both H323 and SIP
• Dual-stack IPv4 and IPv6 for DHCP, SSH, HTTP, HTTPS,
DNS, DiffServ
• Support for static IP address assignment, stateless autoconfiguration and DHCPv6
CISCO UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS MANAgER
(requires Cisco UCM version 8.6 or later)
• Native registration with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager
• Basic Cisco Unified Communications Manager provisioning
• Firmware upgrade from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager
• Cisco Discovery Protocol and DHCP option 150 support
• Basic telephony features such as hold, resume, transfer, and corporate directory lookup
SECURITY FEATURES
• Management through HTTPS and SSH
• IP administration password
• Menu administration password
• Disable IP services
• Network settings protection
NETWORK INTERFACES
• One LAN/Ethernet (RJ-45) 10/100/1000 Mbit
• One LAN/Ethernet (RJ-45) interface to be used for the
Cisco TelePresence Touch for C-series user interface device only
OTHER INTERFACES
• USB host for future usage (C60 only)
• USB device for future usage
• GPIO – General purpose input/output (C60 only)
PRECISIONHD 1080P CAMERA
• 1/3” CMOS
• 12 × zoom (C60)
• 12 × zoom / 4 × zoom (C40)
• +15°/-25° tilt, +/- 90° pan
• 43.5° vertical field of view
• 72° horizontal field of view
• Focus distance 0.3 m–infinity
• 1920 × 1080 pixels progressive @ 60fps
(12 × zoom version)
• 1920 × 1080 pixels progressive @ 30fps
(4 × zoom version)
• Other formats supported (configurable through dipswitch):
1920 × 1080@60 Hz (HDMI only)***
1920 × 1080@50 Hz (HDMI only)***
1920 × 1080@30 Hz
1920 × 1080@25 Hz
1280 × 720@60 Hz***
1280 × 720@50 Hz ***
1280 × 720@30 Hz
1280 × 720@25 Hz
• Automatic or manual focus/brightness/white balance
• Far-end camera control
• Daisy-chain support (Visca protocol camera)***
• Dual HDMI and HD-SDI outputs
• Upside-down mounting with automatic flipping of picture
SYSTEM MANAgEMENT
• Support for the Cisco TelePresence Management Suite
(Cisco TMS)
• Total management through embedded SNMP, Telnet,
SSH, XML, SOAP
• Remote software upload through web server, SCP,
HTTP, HTTPS
• One RS-232 for local control and diagnostics
• Remote control and on-screen menu system
DIRECTORY SERVICES
• Support for local directories (My Contacts)
• Corporate directory
• Unlimited entries using server directory supporting
LDAP and H.350 (requires Cisco TMS)
• Unlimited number for corporate directory (through
Cisco TMS)
• Received calls with date and time
• Placed calls with date and time
• Missed calls with date and time
POWER
• Auto-sensing power supply
• 100-120/200-240 VAC, 60/50 Hz
• 175 watts max for codec and main camera
OPERATINg TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
• 0° C to 35° C (32° F to 95° F) ambient temperature
• 10% to 90% relative humidity (RH)
STORAgE AND TRANSPORT TEMPERATURE
• -20° C to 60° C (-4° F to 140° F) at RH 10–90% (noncondensing)
DIMENSIONS
• Length: 17.4 in. / 44.2 cm
• Height: 1.7 in. / 4.4 cm
• Depth: 10.9 in. / 27.8 cm
• Weight: 8.8 lbs / 4 kg
* Requires option
** Multiwindow compositing not supported on the dual stream
*** Not supported on 4 x zoom camera
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
157 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
APPROVALS
EU/EEC
• Directive 2006/95/EC (Low Voltage Directive)
Standard EN60950-1
• Directive 2004/108/EC (EMC Directive)
Standard EN55022, Class A
Standard EN55024
Standard EN61000-3-2/-3-3
• Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS)
Warning: This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
USA
• Approved according to UL60950-1
• Complies with FCC15B Class A
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Canada
• Approved according to CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian
ICES-003
• Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada
MTBF PRODUCT RELIABILITY/MTBF
The predicted reliability is expressed in the expected random Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) for the electronic components based on the Power On Hours:
Power On Hours (POH) > 69 000 hours
Useful Life Cycle > 6 years
ISO 9001 certificate is available upon request
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
All specifications are subject to change without notice, system specifics may vary.
All images in these materials are for representational purposes only, actual products may differ.
Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. A listing of Cisco’s trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company.
July 2014
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
158 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Profile 52”/55” using C60
UNIT DELIVERED COMPLETE WITH:
• Full HD LCD display, Codec C60, Touch 8 user interface device, remote control, PrecisionHD Camera (1080p), microphone (3x with single screen, 4x with dual screen), Digital Audio Module, integrated speakers and integrated cabling.
• Choice of installation configuration: floor stand, wheel base or wall mount on pedestal.
• Choice of screen size and configuration.
MONITOR available with:
• 52”/55’’ Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
BASE available with:
• Floor standing foot plate
• Wheel base (not available on 52” Dual / 55” Dual)
• Wall mount on pedestal
BANDWIDTH
The same as Codec C60
FIREWALL TRAVERSAL
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO STANDARDS
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO INPUTS (5 INPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO OUTPUTS (3 OUTPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
LIVE VIDEO RESOLUTIONS (ENCODE/DECODE)
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO STANDARDS
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO INPUTS (7 INPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO OUTPUTS (3 OUTPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
DUAL STREAM
The same as Codec C60
MULTIPOINT SUPPORT
The same as Codec C60
MULTISITE FEATURES*
The same as Codec C60
PROTOCOLS
The same as Codec C60
EMBEDDED ENCRYPTION
The same as Codec C60
IP NETWORK FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
IPV6 NETWORK SUPPORT
The same as Codec C60
CISCO UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS MANAgER
The same as Codec C60
SECURITY FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
NETWORK INTERFACES
The same as Codec C60
OTHER INTERFACES
The same as Codec C60
PRECISIONHD 1080P CAMERA
The same as Codec C60
SYSTEM MANAgEMENT
The same as Codec C60, as well as
• Cisco TelePresence Touch 8 user interface device
DIRECTORY SERVICES
The same as Codec C60
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
POWER
Profile 52’’ / 52” Dual
• Auto-sensing power supply
• 100-120/200-240 VAC, 60/50 Hz, 6 A max
• 175 W max for codec and main camera
• Maximum power rating complete system,
526 W (52”) / 870 W (52” Dual)
Profile 55’’ / 55” Dual
• Auto-sensing power supply
• 100-120/200-240 VAC, 60/50 Hz,
4.5 A max (55”) / 8 A (55” Dual)
• 175 W max for codec and main camera
• Maximum power rating complete system,
350 W (55”) / 550 W (55” Dual)
• The display complies with ENERGY STAR requirements
OPERATINg TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
• 0° C to 35° C (32° F to 95° F) ambient temperature
• 10% to 90% relative humidity (RH)
STORAgE AND TRANSPORT TEMPERATURE
• -20° C to 60° C (-4° F to 140° F) at RH 10–90% (noncondensing)
DIMENSIONS
Profile 52’’
• Height: 63.78 in. / 162 cm
• Width: 47.25 in. / 120 cm
• Depth: 6.7 in. / 17 cm (without footplate)
• Weight: 253.5 lbs / 115 kg (with floor standing footplate)
• 229.3 lbs / 104 kg (with wheel base)
Profile 52’’ Dual
• Height: 63.8 in. / 162 cm
• Width: 94.5 in. / 240 cm
• Depth: 6.7 in. / 17 cm (without footplate)
• Weight: 515.9 lbs / 234 kg (with floor standing footplate)
Profile 55’’
• Height: 64.6 in. / 164 cm
• Width: 49.6 in. / 126 cm
• Depth: 6.7 in. / 17 cm (without footplate)
• Weight: 245 lbs / 111 kg (with floor standing footplate)
• 225lbs / 102 kg (with wheel base)
Profile 55’’ Dual
• Height: 64.6 in. / 164 cm
• Width: 99.2 in. / 252 cm
• Depth: 6.7 in. / 17 cm (without footplate)
• Weight: 443 lbs / 201 kg (with floor standing footplate)
* Requires option
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
159 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
APPROVALS
EU/EEC
• Directive 2006/95/EC (Low Voltage Directive)
Standard EN60950-1
• Directive 2004/108/EC (EMC Directive)
Standard EN55022, Class A
Standard EN55024
Standard EN61000-3-2/-3-3
• Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS)
Warning: This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
USA
• Approved according to UL60950-1
• Complies with FCC15B Class A
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Canada
• Approved according to CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian
ICES-003
• Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada
MTBF PRODUCT RELIABILITY/MTBF
The predicted reliability is expressed in the expected random Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) for the electronic components based on the Power On Hours:
Power On Hours (POH) > 69 000 hours
Useful Life Cycle > 6 years
ISO 9001 certificate is available upon request
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
All specifications are subject to change without notice, system specifics may vary.
All images in these materials are for representational purposes only, actual products may differ.
Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. A listing of Cisco’s trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company.
July 2014
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
160 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Administrator Guide
Setting passwords
Profile 65” using C60
UNIT DELIVERED COMPLETE WITH:
• Full HD LCD display, Codec C60, Touch 8 user interface device, remote control, PrecisionHD 1080p Camera, microphones, Digital Audio Module, integrated speakers and integrated cabling.
MONITOR available with:
• 65’’ Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
BASE available with:
• Floor standing footplate
• Wall mount on pedestal
BANDWIDTH
The same as Codec C60
FIREWALL TRAVERSAL
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO STANDARDS
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO INPUTS (5 INPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
VIDEO OUTPUTS (3 OUTPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
LIVE VIDEO RESOLUTIONS (ENCODE/DECODE)
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO STANDARDS
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO INPUTS (7 INPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
AUDIO OUTPUTS (3 OUTPUTS)
The same as Codec C60
DUAL STREAM
The same as Codec C60
MULTIPOINT SUPPORT
The same as Codec C60
MULTISITE FEATURES*
The same as Codec C60
PROTOCOLS
The same as Codec C60
EMBEDDED ENCRYPTION
The same as Codec C60
IP NETWORK FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
IPV6 NETWORK SUPPORT
The same as Codec C60
CISCO UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS MANAgER
The same as Codec C60
SECURITY FEATURES
The same as Codec C60
NETWORK INTERFACES
The same as Codec C60
OTHER INTERFACES
The same as Codec C60
All specifications are subject to change without notice, system specifics may vary.
All images in these materials are for representational purposes only, actual products may differ.
Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries.
A listing of Cisco’s trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company.
July 2014
PRECISIONHD 1080P CAMERA
The same as Codec C60
SYSTEM MANAgEMENT
The same as Codec C60, as well as
• Cisco TelePresence Touch 8 user interface device
DIRECTORY SERVICES
The same as Codec C60
POWER
• Auto-sensing power supply
• 100-120/200-240 VAC, 60/50 Hz
• 175 W max for codec and main camera
• Maximum power rating complete system, 650 W
OPERATINg TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
• 0° C to 35° C (32° F to 95° F) ambient temperature
• 10% to 90% relative humidity (RH)
STORAgE AND TRANSPORT TEMPERATURE
• -20° C to 60° C (-4° F to 140° F) at RH 10–90% (noncondensing)
DIMENSIONS
• Height: 65 in. / 165 cm
• Width: 59.1 in. / 150 cm
• Depth: 5.9 in. / 15 cm
• Weight: 330 lbs / 150 kg (with floor standing footplate)
APPROVALS
EU/EEC
• Directive 2006/95/EC (Low Voltage Directive)
Standard EN 60950-1
• Directive 2004/108/EC (EMC Directive)
Standard EN 55022, Class A
Standard EN 55024
Standard EN 61000-3-2/-3-3
• Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS)
Warning: This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
USA
• Approved according to UL 60950-1
• Complies with FCC15B Class A
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Canada
• Approved according to CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian
ICES-003
• Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada
MTBF PRODUCT RELIABILITY/MTBF
The predicted reliability is expressed in the expected random Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) for the electronic components based on the Power On Hours:
Power On Hours (POH) > 69 000 hours
Useful Life Cycle > 6 years
ISO 9001 certificate is available upon request
* Requires option
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
161 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Profile 42”/52”/55” using C40
UNIT DELIVERED COMPLETE WITH:
• Full HD LCD display, Codec C40, Touch 8 user interface device, remote control, PrecisionHD Camera (1080p), microphones (2x), Digital Audio Module, integrated speakers and integrated cabling.
• Choice of installation configuration: floor stand, wheel base or wall mount on pedestal.
MONITOR available with:
• 42’’ Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
• 52’’ Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
• 55’’ Full HD LCD, 16:9, 1080 × 1920 resolution
BASE available with:
• Floor standing footplate
• Wheel base
• Wall mount on pedestal
BANDWIDTH
The same as Codec C40
FIREWALL TRAVERSAL
The same as Codec C40
VIDEO STANDARDS
The same as Codec C40
VIDEO FEATURES
The same as Codec C40
VIDEO INPUTS (4 INPUTS)
The same as Codec C40
VIDEO OUTPUTS (2 OUTPUTS)
The same as Codec C40
LIVE VIDEO RESOLUTIONS (ENCODE/DECODE)
The same as Codec C40
AUDIO STANDARDS
The same as Codec C40
AUDIO FEATURES
The same as Codec C40
AUDIO INPUTS (5 INPUTS)
The same as Codec C40
AUDIO OUTPUTS (3 OUTPUTS)
The same as Codec C40
DUAL STREAM
The same as Codec C40
MULTIPOINT SUPPORT
The same as Codec C40
MULTISITE FEATURES*
The same as Codec C40
PROTOCOLS
The same as Codec C40
EMBEDDED ENCRYPTION
The same as Codec C40
IP NETWORK FEATURES
The same as Codec C40
IPV6 NETWORK SUPPORT
The same as Codec C40
CISCO UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS MANAgER
The same as Codec C40
SECURITY FEATURES
The same as Codec C40
NETWORK INTERFACES
The same as Codec C40
OTHER INTERFACES
The same as Codec C40
PRECISIONHD 1080P CAMERA
The same as Codec C40 with 12 × zoom camera
SYSTEM MANAgEMENT
The same as Codec C40, as well as
• Cisco TelePresence Touch 8 user interface device
DIRECTORY SERVICES
The same as Codec C40
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
POWER
Profile 42’’
• Auto-sensing power supply
• 100-120/200-240 VAC, 60/50 Hz, 6 A max
• 175 W max for codec and main camera
• Maximum power rating complete system 365 W
Profile 52’’
• Auto-sensing power supply
• 100-120/200-240 VAC, 60/50 Hz, 6 A max
• 175 W max for codec and main camera
• Maximum power rating complete system 526 W
Profile 55’’
• Auto-sensing power supply
• 100-120/200-240 VAC, 60/50 Hz, 4.5 A max
• 175 W max for codec and main camera
• Maximum power rating complete system, 350 W
• The display complies with ENERGY STAR requirements
OPERATINg TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY
• 0° C to 35° C (32° F to 95° F) ambient temperature
• 10% to 90% relative humidity (RH)
STORAgE AND TRANSPORT TEMPERATURE
• -20° C to 60° C (-4° F to 140° F) at RH 10–90% (noncondensing)
DIMENSIONS
Profile 42’’
• Height: 63.78 in. / 162 cm
• Width: 38.58 in. / 98 cm
• Depth: 6.7 in. / 17 cm
• Weight: 220.5 lbs / 100 kg (with floor standing footplate)
• 200.6 lbs / 91 kg (with wheel base)
Profile 52’’
• Height: 63.78 in. / 162 cm
• Width: 47.25 in. / 120 cm
• Depth: 6.7 in. / 17 cm
• Weight: 253.5 lbs / 115 kg (with floor standing footplate)
• 229.3 lbs / 104 kg (with wheel base)
Profile 55’’
• Height: 64.6 in. / 164 cm
• Width: 49.6 in. / 126 cm
• Depth: 6.7 in. / 17 cm (without footplate)
• Weight: 245 lbs / 111 kg (with floor standing footplate)
• 225lbs / 102 kg (with wheel base)
* Requires option
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
162 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
APPROVALS
EU/EEC
• Directive 2006/95/EC (Low Voltage Directive)
Standard EN60950-1
• Directive 2004/108/EC (EMC Directive)
Standard EN55022, Class A
Standard EN55024
Standard EN61000-3-2/-3-3
• Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS)
Warning: This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
USA
• Approved according to UL60950-1
• Complies with FCC15B Class A
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Canada
• Approved according to CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
• This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian
ICES-003
• Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada
MTBF PRODUCT RELIABILITY/MTBF
The predicted reliability is expressed in the expected random Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) for the electronic components based on the Power On Hours:
Power On Hours (POH) > 69 000 hours
Useful Life Cycle > 6 years
ISO 9001 certificate is available upon request
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
All specifications are subject to change without notice, system specifics may vary.
All images in these materials are for representational purposes only, actual products may differ.
Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. A listing of Cisco’s trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company.
July 2014
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
163 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
Supported RFCs
The RFC (Request for Comments) series contains technical and organizational documents about the Internet, including the technical specifications and policy documents produced by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).
Current RFCs and drafts supported
• RFC 2190 RTP Payload Format for H.263 Video Streams
• RFC 2460 Internet protocol, version 6 (IPv6) specification
• RFC 2617 Digest Authentication
• RFC 2782 DNS RR for specifying the location of services
(DNS SRV)
• RFC 2976 The SIP INFO Method
• RFC 3016 RTP Payload Format for MPEG-4 Audio/Visual
Streams
• RFC 3261 SIP: Session Initiation Protocol
• RFC 3262 Reliability of Provisional Responses in SIP
• RFC 3263 Locating SIP Servers
• RFC 3264 An Offer/Answer Model with SDP
• RFC 3311 UPDATE method
• RFC 3361 DHCP Option for SIP Servers
• RFC 3388 Grouping of Media Lines in the Session
Description Protocol (SDP)
• RFC 3420 Internet Media Type message/sipfrag
• RFC 3515 Refer method
• RFC 3550 RTP: A Transport Protocol for Real-Time
Applications
• RFC 3551 RTP Profile for Audio and Video Conferences with Minimal Control
• RFC 3581 Symmetric Response Routing
• RFC 3605 RTCP attribute in SDP
• RFC 3711 The Secure Real-time Transport Protocol
(SRTP)
• RFC 3840 Indicating User Agent Capabilities in SIP
• RFC 3890 A Transport Independent Bandwidth Modifier for SDP
System settings
• RFC 3891 The SIP “Replaces” Header
• RFC 3892 Referred-By Mechanism
• RFC 3960 Early Media
• RFC 3986 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic
Syntax
• RFC 4028 Session Timers in SIP
• RFC 4091 The Alternative Network Address Types
(ANAT) Semantics for the Session Description Protocol
(SDP) Grouping Framework
• RFC 4092 Usage of the Session Description Protocol
(SDP) Alternative Network Address Types (ANAT)
Semantics in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
• RFC 4145 TCP-Based Media Transport in the SDP
• RFC 4235 An INVITE-Initiated Dialog Event Package for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
• RFC 4566 SDP: Session Description Protocol
• RFC 4568 SDP: Security Descriptions for Media Streams
• RFC 4574 The Session Description Protocol (SDP) Label
Attribute
• RFC 4582 The Binary Floor Control Protocol draft-ietf-bfcpbis-rfc4582bis-00 Revision of the Binary
Floor Control Protocol (BFCP) for use over an unreliable transport
• RFC 4583 Session Description Protocol (SDP) Format for
Binary Floor Control Protocol (BFCP) Streams draft-ietf-bfcpbis-rfc4583bis-00 Session Description
Protocol (SDP) Format for Binary Floor Control Protocol
(BFCP) Streams
• RFC 4585 Extended RTP Profile for RTCP-Based
Feedback
• RFC 4587 RTP Payload Format for H.261 Video Streams
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
164
Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
• RFC 4629 RTP Payload Format for ITU-T Rec. H.263
Video
• RFC 4733 RTP Payload for DTMF Digits, Telephony Tones and Telephony Signals
• RFC 4796 The SDP Content Attribute
• RFC 4862 IPv6 stateless address autoconfiguration
• RFC 5104 Codec Control Messages in the RTP Audio-
Visual Profile with Feedback (AVPF)
• RFC 5168 XML Schema for Media Control
• RFC 5245 Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE): A
Protocol for Network Address Translator (NAT) Traversal for Offer/Answer Protocols
• RFC 5389 Session Traversal Utilities for NAT (STUN)
• RFC 5577 RTP Payload Format for ITU-T
Recommendation G.722.1
• RFC 5589: SIP Call Control Transfer
• RFC 5626 Managing Client-Initiated Connections in the
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
• RFC 5766 Traversal Using Relays around NAT (TURN):
Relay Extensions to Session Traversal Utilities for NAT
(STUN)
• RFC 5768 Indicating Support for Interactive Connectivity
Establishment (ICE) in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
• RFC 5905 Network Time Protocol Version 4: Protocol and
Algorithms Specification
• RFC 6156 Traversal Using Relays around NAT (TURN)
Extension for IPv6
• RFC 6184 RTP Payload Format for H.264 Video www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface
User documentation on the Cisco web site
In general, user documentation for the Cisco TelePresence products is available here:
► http://www.cisco.com/go/telepresence/docs
You have to choose your product category in the right pane until you find your product.
Follow one of these paths:
TelePresence Integration Solutions >
Cisco TelePresence Integrator C Series
Collaboration Room Endpoints >
Cisco TelePresence Profile Series
Alternatively, you can use the following short-links to find the documentation:
► http://www.cisco.com/go/cseries-docs
► http://www.cisco.com/go/profile-docs
System settings Setting passwords
Administrator Guide
The documents are organized in the following categories:
Installation guides:
Install and Upgrade > Install and Upgrade Guides
Getting started guide:
Install and Upgrade > Install and Upgrade Guides
Maintain and Operate > Maintain and Operate Guides
Administrator guides:
Maintain and Operate > Maintain and Operate Guides
User guides and Quick reference guides:
Maintain and Operate > End-User Guides
API reference guides:
Reference Guides | Command references
Knowledge base articles and frequently asked questions:
Troubleshoot and Alerts > Troubleshooting Guides
Physical interface guides:
Maintain and Operate | End-User Guides
CAD drawings:
Reference Guides > Technical References
TC Console user guide:
Configure > Configuration Guides
Video conferencing room guidelines:
Design > Design Guides
Software licensing information:
Software Downloads, Release and General Information > Licensing Information
Regulatory compliance and safety information:
Install and Upgrade > Install and Upgrade Guides
Software release notes:
Software Downloads, Release and General Information > Release Notes
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014. www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
165
Cisco TelePresence System Codec C40/C60 and Profiles using C40/60
Contents Introduction Web interface System settings
Intellectual property rights
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE
PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE
WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND
RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE
ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE
ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION
PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE
TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY,
CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California,
Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL
DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE
PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-
NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING,
USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR
DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO
USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/ or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. A listing of Cisco’s trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1005R)
Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses and phone numbers used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses and phone numbers. Any examples, command display output, network topology diagrams, and other figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses or phone numbers in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental.
TANDBERG is now a part of Cisco. TANDBERG® is a registered trademark belonging to Tandberg ASA.
Setting passwords
Cisco contacts
On our web site you will find an overview of the worldwide Cisco contacts.
Go to: ► http://www.cisco.com/web/siteassets/contacts
Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Dr.
San Jose, CA 95134 USA
Administrator Guide
Appendices
D14636.15 Profile C60-C40 and Codec C60-C40 Administrator Guide TC7.2, AUGUST 2014.
166 www.cisco.com — Copyright © 2010-2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
advertisement
Key Features
- 4K Ultra-HD video resolution for exceptional visual clarity
- 12x optical zoom camera with wide field of view for capturing every participant
- Intelligent audio features like noise reduction and beamforming for distraction-free conversations
- Content sharing capabilities for seamless collaboration and presentations
- Easy-to-use touch interface for intuitive control
- Integration with Cisco Collaboration solutions for a unified experience
Related manuals
Frequently Answers and Questions
What type of rooms is the C90 suitable for?
Does the C90 support 4K video?
What are the audio features of the C90?
Can the C90 be integrated with other Cisco Collaboration solutions?
advertisement
Table of contents
- 65 Audio settings
- 70 Audio DefaultVolume
- 65 Audio Input HDMI [2] Level
- 65 Audio Input HDMI [2] Mode
- 65 Audio Input HDMI [2] VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo
- 65 Audio Input HDMI [2] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource
- 66 Audio Input Line [1..2] Channel
- 65 Audio Input Line [1..2] Equalizer ID
- 65 Audio Input Line [1..2] Equalizer Mode
- 66 Audio Input Line [1..2] Level
- 66 Audio Input Line [1..2] LoopSuppression
- 66 Audio Input Line [1..2] Mode
- 66 Audio Input Line [1..2] VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo
- 66 Audio Input Line [1..2] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource
- 67 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl Dereverberation
- 67 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl Mode
- 67 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] EchoControl NoiseReduction
- 67 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Equalizer ID
- 67 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Equalizer Mode
- 68 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Level
- 68 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Mode
- 68 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] Type
- 68 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] VideoAssociation MuteOnInactiveVideo
- 68 Audio Input Microphone [1..2]/[1..4] VideoAssociation VideoInputSource
- 70 Audio Microphones Mute Enabled
- 68 Audio Output HDMI [1] Level
- 69 Audio Output HDMI [1] Mode
- 69 Audio Output Line [1..2] Channel
- 69 Audio Output Line [1..2] Equalizer ID
- 69 Audio Output Line [1..2] Equalizer Mode
- 69 Audio Output Line [1..2] Level
- 69 Audio Output Line [1..2] Mode
- 69 Audio Output Line [1] Type
- 70 Audio Output Line [2] Type
- 70 Audio SoundsAndAlerts KeyTones Mode
- 70 Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingTone
- 70 Audio SoundsAndAlerts RingVolume
- 71 Audio Volume
- 72 Cameras settings
- 72 Cameras Camera [1..7] Backlight
- 73 Cameras Camera [1..7] Brightness Level
- 72 Cameras Camera [1..7] Brightness Mode
- 74 Cameras Camera [1..7] DHCP
- 73 Cameras Camera [1..7] Flip
- 73 Cameras Camera [1..7] Focus Mode
- 73 Cameras Camera [1..7] Gamma Level
- 73 Cameras Camera [1..7] Gamma Mode
- 73 Cameras Camera [1..7] IrSensor
- 74 Cameras Camera [1..7] Mirror
- 74 Cameras Camera [1..7] MotorMoveDetection
- 74 Cameras Camera [1..7] Whitebalance Level
- 74 Cameras Camera [1..7] Whitebalance Mode
- 72 Cameras PowerLine Frequency
- 72 Cameras SpeakerTrack Mode
- 72 Cameras SpeakerTrack TrackingMode
- 75 Conference settings
- 75 Conference [1..1] ActiveControl Mode
- 75 Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Delay
- 75 Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Mode
- 75 Conference [1..1] AutoAnswer Mute
- 75 Conference [1..1] CallProtocolIPStack
- 77 Conference [1..1] DefaultCall Protocol
- 77 Conference [1..1] DefaultCall Rate
- 76 Conference [1..1] DoNotDisturb DefaultTimeout
- 76 Conference [1..1] DoNotDisturb Mode
- 77 Conference [1..1] Encryption Mode
- 76 Conference [1..1] FarEndControl Mode
- 76 Conference [1..1] FarEndControl SignalCapability
- 80 Conference [1..1] IncomingMultisiteCall Mode
- 77 Conference [1..1] MaxReceiveCallRate
- 78 Conference [1..1] MaxTotalReceiveCallRate
- 78 Conference [1..1] MaxTotalTransmitCallRate
- 77 Conference [1..1] MaxTransmitCallRate
- 76 Conference [1..1] MicUnmuteOnDisconnect Mode
- 79 Conference [1..1] Multipoint Mode
- 79 Conference [1..1] Presentation OnPlacedOnHold
- 79 Conference [1..1] Presentation RelayQuality
- 78 Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth MainChannel Weight
- 78 Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth Mode
- 78 Conference [1..1] VideoBandwidth PresentationChannel Weight
- 81 FacilityService settings
- 81 FacilityService Service [1..5] CallType
- 81 FacilityService Service [1..5] Name
- 81 FacilityService Service [1..5] Number
- 81 FacilityService Service [1..5] Type
- 82 GPIO settings
- 82 GPIO Pin [1..4] Mode
- 83 H323 settings
- 83 H323 NAT Address
- 83 H323 NAT Mode
- 83 H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication LoginName
- 83 H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication Mode
- 84 H323 Profile [1..1] Authentication Password
- 84 H323 Profile [1..1] CallSetup Mode
- 84 H323 Profile [1..1] Encryption MinKeySize
- 84 H323 Profile [1..1] Gatekeeper Address
- 84 H323 Profile [1..1] Gatekeeper Discovery
- 84 H323 Profile [1..1] H323Alias E164
- 85 H323 Profile [1..1] H323Alias ID
- 85 H323 Profile [1..1] PortAllocation
- 86 Logging settings
- 86 Logging Mode
- 87 Network settings
- 88 Network [1..1] DHCP RequestTFTPServerAddress
- 88 Network [1..1] DNS Domain Name
- 88 Network [1..1] DNS Server [1..3] Address
- 91 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X AnonymousIdentity
- 91 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Md5
- 92 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Peap
- 92 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Tls
- 92 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Eap Ttls
- 91 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Identity
- 90 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Mode
- 91 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X Password
- 91 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X TlsVerify
- 91 Network [1..1] IEEE8021X UseClientCertificate
- 87 Network [1..1] IPStack
- 87 Network [1..1] IPv4 Address
- 87 Network [1..1] IPv4 Assignment
- 87 Network [1..1] IPv4 Gateway
- 87 Network [1..1] IPv4 SubnetMask
- 88 Network [1..1] IPv6 Address
- 87 Network [1..1] IPv6 Assignment
- 88 Network [1..1] IPv6 DHCPOptions
- 88 Network [1..1] IPv6 Gateway
- 92 Network [1..1] MTU
- 89 Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Audio
- 89 Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Data
- 90 Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv ICMPv6
- 90 Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv NTP
- 90 Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Signalling
- 89 Network [1..1] QoS Diffserv Video
- 89 Network [1..1] QoS Mode
- 93 Network [1..1] RemoteAccess Allow
- 92 Network [1..1] Speed
- 92 Network [1..1] TrafficControl Mode
- 93 Network [1..1] VLAN Voice Mode
- 93 Network [1..1] VLAN Voice VlanId
- 94 NetworkServices settings
- 98 NetworkServices CTMS Encryption
- 97 NetworkServices CTMS Mode
- 94 NetworkServices H323 Mode
- 94 NetworkServices HTTP Mode
- 95 NetworkServices HTTPS Mode
- 95 NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP Mode
- 96 NetworkServices HTTPS OCSP URL
- 95 NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyClientCertificate
- 95 NetworkServices HTTPS VerifyServerCertificate
- 96 NetworkServices Medianet Metadata
- 95 NetworkServices MultiWay Address
- 95 NetworkServices MultiWay Protocol
- 96 NetworkServices NTP Address
- 96 NetworkServices NTP Mode
- 94 NetworkServices SIP Mode
- 97 NetworkServices SNMP CommunityName
- 96 NetworkServices SNMP Host [1..3] Address
- 96 NetworkServices SNMP Mode
- 97 NetworkServices SNMP SystemContact
- 97 NetworkServices SNMP SystemLocation
- 97 NetworkServices SSH AllowPublicKey
- 97 NetworkServices SSH Mode
- 94 NetworkServices Telnet Mode
- 94 NetworkServices WelcomeText
- 94 NetworkServices XMLAPI Mode
- 99 Peripherals settings
- 99 Peripherals Pairing CiscoTouchPanels RemotePairing
- 99 Peripherals Profile TouchPanels
- 100 Phonebook settings
- 100 Phonebook Server [1..1] ID
- 100 Phonebook Server [1..1] Type
- 100 Phonebook Server [1..1] URL
- 101 Provisioning settings
- 101 Provisioning Connectivity
- 102 Provisioning ExternalManager Address
- 102 Provisioning ExternalManager AlternateAddress
- 102 Provisioning ExternalManager Domain
- 102 Provisioning ExternalManager Path
- 102 Provisioning ExternalManager Protocol
- 101 Provisioning HttpMethod
- 101 Provisioning LoginName
- 101 Provisioning Mode
- 101 Provisioning Password
- 103 RTP settings
- 103 RTP Ports Range Start
- 103 RTP Ports Range Stop
- 104 Security settings
- 104 Security Audit Logging Mode
- 104 Security Audit OnError Action
- 104 Security Audit Server Address
- 104 Security Audit Server Port
- 104 Security Audit Server PortAssignment
- 105 Security Session InactivityTimeout
- 105 Security Session ShowLastLogon
- 106 SerialPort settings
- 106 SerialPort BaudRate
- 106 SerialPort LoginRequired
- 106 SerialPort Mode
- 107 SIP settings
- 107 SIP ANAT
- 107 SIP AuthenticateTransferror
- 107 SIP ListenPort
- 107 SIP OCSP DefaultResponder
- 107 SIP OCSP Mode
- 107 SIP PreferredIPMedia
- 107 SIP PreferredIPSignaling
- 109 SIP Profile [1..1] Authentication [1..1] LoginName
- 109 SIP Profile [1..1] Authentication [1..1] Password
- 109 SIP Profile [1..1] DefaultTransport
- 109 SIP Profile [1..1] DisplayName
- 108 SIP Profile [1..1] Ice DefaultCandidate
- 108 SIP Profile [1..1] Ice Mode
- 110 SIP Profile [1..1] Line
- 110 SIP Profile [1..1] Mailbox
- 110 SIP Profile [1..1] Outbound
- 110 SIP Profile [1..1] Proxy [1..4] Address
- 110 SIP Profile [1..1] Proxy [1..4] Discovery
- 109 SIP Profile [1..1] TlsVerify
- 108 SIP Profile [1..1] Turn BandwidthProbe
- 108 SIP Profile [1..1] Turn DiscoverMode
- 108 SIP Profile [1..1] Turn DropRflx
- 109 SIP Profile [1..1] Turn Password
- 108 SIP Profile [1..1] Turn Server
- 108 SIP Profile [1..1] Turn UserName
- 110 SIP Profile [1..1] Type
- 109 SIP Profile [1..1] URI
- 111 Standby settings
- 111 Standby BootAction
- 111 Standby Control
- 111 Standby Delay
- 111 Standby StandbyAction
- 111 Standby WakeupAction
- 112 SystemUnit settings
- 112 SystemUnit CallLogging Mode
- 112 SystemUnit ContactInfo Type
- 113 SystemUnit IrSensor
- 112 SystemUnit MenuLanguage
- 112 SystemUnit Name
- 114 Time settings
- 114 Time DateFormat
- 115 Time OlsonZone
- 114 Time TimeFormat
- 114 Time Zone
- 117 UserInterface settings
- 117 UserInterface TouchPanel DefaultPanel
- 117 UserInterface UserPreferences
- 118 Video settings
- 118 Video AllowWebSnapshots
- 118 Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Duration
- 118 Video CamCtrlPip CallSetup Mode
- 118 Video DefaultPresentationSource
- 118 Video Input DVI [3]/[2,3] RGBQuantizationRange
- 119 Video Input DVI [3]/[2,3] Type
- 119 Video Input HDMI [1..2] RGBQuantizationRange
- 121 Video Input Source [1..3] CameraControl CameraId
- 121 Video Input Source [1..3] CameraControl Mode
- 119 Video Input Source [1..3] Name
- 121 Video Input Source [1..3] OptimalDefinition Profile
- 122 Video Input Source [1..3] OptimalDefinition Threshold60fps
- 120 Video Input Source [1..3] PresentationSelection
- 122 Video Input Source [1..3] Quality
- 120 Video Input Source [1..3] Type
- 120 Video Input Source [1..3] Visibility
- 119 Video Input Source [1] Connector
- 119 Video Input Source [2] Connector
- 120 Video Input Source [3] Connector
- 122 Video Layout DisableDisconnectedLocalOutputs
- 123 Video Layout LocalLayoutFamily
- 123 Video Layout PresentationDefault View
- 123 Video Layout RemoteLayoutFamily
- 124 Video Layout ScaleToFrame
- 124 Video Layout ScaleToFrameThreshold
- 123 Video Layout Scaling
- 122 Video MainVideoSource
- 126 Video Monitors
- 128 Video OSD AutoSelectPresentationSource
- 128 Video OSD CallSettingsSelection
- 128 Video OSD EncryptionIndicator
- 129 Video OSD InputMethod Cyrillic
- 129 Video OSD InputMethod InputLanguage
- 127 Video OSD LanguageSelection
- 129 Video OSD LoginRequired
- 127 Video OSD MenuStartupMode
- 128 Video OSD MissedCallsNotification
- 127 Video OSD Mode
- 129 Video OSD MyContactsExpanded
- 129 Video OSD Output
- 128 Video OSD TodaysBookings
- 127 Video OSD VirtualKeyboard
- 127 Video OSD WallpaperSelection
- 135 Video Output Composite [3] Location HorizontalOffset
- 135 Video Output Composite [3] Location VerticalOffset
- 136 Video Output Composite [3] MonitorRole
- 136 Video Output Composite [3] OverscanLevel
- 136 Video Output Composite [3] Resolution
- 132 Video Output DVI [2] Location HorizontalOffset
- 133 Video Output DVI [2] Location VerticalOffset
- 133 Video Output DVI [2] MonitorRole
- 134 Video Output DVI [2] OverscanLevel
- 134 Video Output DVI [2] Resolution
- 133 Video Output DVI [2] RGBQuantizationRange
- 131 Video Output HDMI [1] CEC Mode
- 130 Video Output HDMI [1] Location HorizontalOffset
- 130 Video Output HDMI [1] Location VerticalOffset
- 131 Video Output HDMI [1] MonitorRole
- 131 Video Output HDMI [1] OverscanLevel
- 132 Video Output HDMI [1] Resolution
- 131 Video Output HDMI [1] RGBQuantizationRange
- 124 Video PIP ActiveSpeaker DefaultValue Position
- 124 Video PIP Presentation DefaultValue Position
- 125 Video Selfview
- 125 Video SelfviewDefault FullscreenMode
- 125 Video SelfviewDefault Mode
- 126 Video SelfviewDefault OnMonitorRole
- 126 Video SelfviewDefault PIPPosition
- 125 Video SelfviewPosition
- 136 Video WallPaper
- 137 Experimental settings
- 4 Introduction
- 5 User documentation
- 5 Software
- 6 What’s new in this version
- 8 Profile 42” using Codec C40 at a glance
- 9 Profile 52”/55” at a glance
- 10 Profile 52” Dual / 55” Dual at a glance
- 11 Profile 65” at a glance
- 12 Codec C60 at a glance
- 13 Codec C40 at a glance
- 14 Web interface
- 15 Accessing the web interface
- 16 Changing the system password
- 17 The interactive menu
- 18 System information
- 19 Placing a call
- 20 Sharing content
- 21 Controlling and monitoring a call
- 22 Controlling your camera
- 23 Local layout control
- 24 Capturing snapshots
- 25 Controlling the far end camera
- 26 Accessing call information
- 27 System configuration
- 28 Changing system settings
- 29 Setting the Administrator Settings menu password
- 30 System status
- 31 Managing the favorites list
- 32 Favorite list folders
- 33 Choosing a wallpaper
- 34 Choosing a ringtone
- 35 Peripherals overview
- 36 User administration
- 40 Adding a sign in banner
- 41 Managing startup scripts
- 42 Application programming interface
- 43 Managing the video system’s certificates
- 44 Managing the list of trusted certificate authorities
- 46 Managing pre-installed certificates for Edge provisioning
- 47 Setting strong security mode
- 48 Changing the persistency mode
- 49 Deleting trust lists (CUCM only)
- 50 Troubleshooting
- 51 Downloading log files
- 52 Starting extended logging
- 53 Capturing screenshots
- 54 Upgrading the system software
- 55 Backup and restore
- 56 Reverting to the previously used software version
- 57 Factory reset
- 58 Remote support user
- 59 Restarting the system
- 60 System settings
- 61 Overview of the system settings
- 65 Audio settings
- 72 Cameras settings
- 75 Conference settings
- 81 FacilityService settings
- 82 GPIO settings
- 83 H323 settings
- 86 Logging settings
- 87 Network settings
- 94 NetworkServices settings
- 99 Peripherals settings
- 100 Phonebook settings
- 101 Provisioning settings
- 103 RTP settings
- 104 Security settings
- 106 SerialPort settings
- 107 SIP settings
- 111 Standby settings
- 112 SystemUnit settings
- 114 Time settings
- 117 UserInterface settings
- 118 Video settings
- 137 Experimental settings
- 138 Setting passwords
- 139 Setting the system password
- 140 Setting the menu password
- 141 Appendices
- 142 Cisco VCS provisioning
- 143 About monitors when you have a Codec C60
- 144 About monitors when you have a Codec C40
- 145 Connecting the Touch 8 controller
- 146 Connecting the SpeakerTrack 60 camera to Codec C60
- 147 Connecting the SpeakerTrack 60 camera to Codec C40
- 148 Advanced customization of video and audio
- 149 Optimal definition profiles
- 150 ClearPath — Packet loss resilience
- 151 Requirement for speaker systems connected to a Cisco TelePresence C Series codec
- 152 DNAM for Profile 42”/52”/55”
- 153 DNAM for Profile 65”
- 154 Factory resetting the codec
- 155 Factory resetting the Touch 8 control panel
- 156 Technical specifications
- 164 Supported RFCs
- 165 User documentation on the Cisco web site
- 166 Cisco contacts